Page 1
ﺩ ﻟ ﻴ ﻞ ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪ ﻡ
ThinkPad X1 ﻭX1 Hybrid
Page 2
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
• "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ"
• " Regulatory Notice "
• "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ vi
•ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૩ "ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤٥
ﺗﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ" ﻭ" Regulatory Notice "ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮ ﻉﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ http://www.lenovo.com/support ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻓﻮﻕUser Guides & Manuals )ﺃﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ(.
© Copyright Lenovo 2011.
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ )ﻧﻮﻓﻤﺒﺮ 2011 (
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪﺓ:ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ" GSA "،ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸ ﻒ ﺧﺎﺿ ﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﻘﻴﻮﺩﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ
ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﺭﻗﻢGS-35F-05925 .
Page 3
ﺍﻟﻤ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺕ
ﺳﻠﻮﻙUltraNav ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ . . . . . . . . .٣٠
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . .٣١
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺷﺤﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٢
ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ ﺣﺪ . . . . . . . .٣٢
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٢
ﺃﻭ ﺿﺎﻉ ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٢
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٤
ﺍﺗﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕEthernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٤
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٩
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٩
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٤١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٣
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂFlash . . . . . . . . . . .٤٤
ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂFlash . . . . . . . . . . .٤٤
Access Connections . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٣.ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . .٤٥
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭﻱﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ . . . . . . . . .٤٥
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .٤٥
ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻨﺎﺳﺒﻚ. . . . . . . . . .٤٦
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺫﻭﻱﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ. . . . . . . .٤٦
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٧
ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. . . . . . . . . . . .٤٧
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٧
ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٨
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤.ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٩
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞﺁﻟﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٩
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ . . . . . . . . . . .٥٠
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٠
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٠
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ . . . . . . . . .٥١
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٣
ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٤
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٦
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٠
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٠
Active Protection System . . . . . . . . . .١٧
Client Security Solution . . . . . . . . . . .١٨
Fingerprint Software . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨
Lenovo Solution Center . . . . . . . . . . .١٨
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools . . . . . . . . .١٨
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox . . . . . . . .١٨
Message Center Plus . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
Password Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
Power Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
Product Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
Rescue and Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
System Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
Instant Media Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢
ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍﺃﻭ ﻻ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀًﻓﻮﺭﻳًﺎ . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١.ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ . . . . . . . . . .١
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . .١
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦
ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧
ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .١١
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﻩ. . . . . . . . . . . .١١
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕIC . . . . . . . . .١٢
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣
ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕThinkVantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٥
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 . . . . . .١٦
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٢.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡThinkVantage . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٤
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ . . . . . . . . . .٢٥
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ . . . . . . .٢٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint . . . . . . . . . .٢٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ . . . . . . . . . .٢٩
i
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 4
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٥
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٦
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔRestart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٨
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup . . . . . . . . .٩ ٨
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚUEFI BIOS ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٦
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٦
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٦
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٩. ﻣﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . .١٠٩
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ. . . . . . . . . . .١٠٩
ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ. . . . . . . . . . .١١٠
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ . . . . .١١٠
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem
Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٠
ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . .١١٠
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١٠.ﺍﺳ ﺘﻜ ﺸﺎ ﻑ ﻣ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣ ﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٣
ﺗﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٣
ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼﺣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٣
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ . . . . . . . . . . .١١٤
ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻜﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ. . . . . . . . . .١١٤
ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٤
ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٧
ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﻣ ﺼ ﺤﻮﺑﺔﺑﺈﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ. . . . . . . . . . .١١٨
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٨
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٨
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ . . . . . . . . .١٢٠
ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . .١٢١
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ. . . . . . . . . . .١٢٥
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٥
ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ . . . . . . .١٢٨
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٨
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٩
ThinkPad Battery 39+ )ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 6- cell ( . . . . . .٨٥
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥.ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . .٦١
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . .٦١
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٢
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . .٦٢
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .٦٢
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery . . . . . . . . .٦٣
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٤
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٤
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ . . . . .٦٤
ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٥
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٦.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . .٦٧
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٧
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ) CRU (. . . .٦٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ. . .٦٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Mini ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔLAN/
WiMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٤
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﻻﺗﺼ ﺎﻝWAN
ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٧
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ . . . .٧٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨١
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧.ﺗﺤ ﺴ ﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. . . . . .٨٥
ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕThinkPad . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٥
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦThinkPad Battery 39+ . . . . .٨٥
ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦThinkPad Battery 39+ . . . . .٨٦
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞThinkPad Battery 39+ . . . . . . . . .٨٦
ﻓ ﺼ ﻞThinkPad Battery 39+ . . . . . . . . . .٨٨
ﺷﺤﻦThinkPad Battery 39+ . . . . . . . . . .٨٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١١.ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮ ﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪ ﻋﻢ . . . . . . . . .١٣١
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣١
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٣١
ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣١
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣١
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺼ ﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٢
ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺩﻋﻢLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٢
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٢
ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٣
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૧.ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . .١٣٥
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٥
ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖUltraConnect . . . . . .١٣٦
Vista/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٣
ThinkPad Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٨.ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ١
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ١
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ١
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖWindows 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٢
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٣
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ4×1 . . . . . .٩ ٣
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟـUSB 3.0 . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٣
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔThinkPad ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔWindows 2000/XP/
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺩﻋﻢﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔIntel ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔWindows 2000/XP/Vista /
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٤
ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﺧﺮﻯ . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٤
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔConfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٥
ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔDate/Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٥
iiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 5
ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋﻦﺍﻟﻤﻼ ﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ . . . . . . . .١٣٧
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺗﺼ ﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٧
ﻣﻼ ﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻋﻦﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٧
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ . . . . .١٣٧
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔBﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٧
Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٨
ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻲ-ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊElectromagnetic Compatibility
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ،ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔB . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٨
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﻱ،ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔB . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٨
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲVCCI ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔB. . . . . . . . . .١٣٩
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻲﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻲﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ
ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺃﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ20 ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ. . . . . . . . .١٣٩
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔﻣﻨﺘﺞLenovo ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﺘﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ. . . . . . .١٣٩
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૨.ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕWEEE ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ . .١٤١
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕEU WEEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤١
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤١
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻠﺒﺮﺍﺯﻳﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٢
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ . . . . . . . . .١٤٢
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ. . . . .١٤٢
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ . . . . . .١٤٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૩.ﺇﺷ ﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٥
ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤٥
iii
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 6
ivﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 7
ﺍﻗ ﺮ ﺃ ﻫ ﺬﺍ ﺃ ﻭ ﻻ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻟﻤﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﻣﺘﻌﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺍﻟﻔﺸ ﻞﻓﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻯ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺃﻭﻗﺪﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺸ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﺣﻢﻧﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦﻗﺪﺗﺼﺒﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓﻭﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ
ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ.ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﻰﺗﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢﻧﺸﺎﻁﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦﻓﻰ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠﺴﺪﻙﻟﻤﺪﺓﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ،ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻙﻳﺪﻳﻚ،ﺃﻭ ﺣﺠﺮﻙ،ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ ﻣﻼﻣﺴ ًﺎﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
•ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺩﻭﺭﻱ،ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺣﻢﻧﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼًﺑﻤﺨﺮﺝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠﺴﺪﻙﻟﻤﺪﺓﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ،ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﻣﺴ ًﺎﻷ ﻱ ﺟﺰﺀﻣﻦﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﺴﺪﻙﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.
•ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪﺃﺑﺪ ًﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ.
ﺍﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻠﻞ.
•ﻟﺘﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﻜﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻄﺮﺍﻟﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻗﻢﺑﺎﺑﻌﺎﺩﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﺣﻢﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠ ﻒ .
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﺓﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺍﻟﻰﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎﺃﻭﻛﺴﺮﻫﺎ.
• ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢﻣﺴﺎﺭﺧ ﻄﻮﻁﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺃﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻤﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭ
ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﺁﺧﺮ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء
ﺁﺧﺮ،ﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀ ﻬﺎﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺇﻟﻰﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
v
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 8
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
ﻗﺒﻞﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﻤﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ،ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻄﻔﺄﺃﻭ
ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ :
•ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﺬﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
• ﻻﺗﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭﺗﺼ ﺪﻣﻪﺃﻭﺗﺨﺪﺷﻪﺃﻭﺗﻠﻮﻳﻪﺃﻭﺗﻬﺰﻩﺃﻭﺗﺪﻓﻌﻪﺃﻭﺗﻀ ﻊﻓﻮﻗﻪﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﺪﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔﺃﻭﻛﻴ ﺲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ.
•ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻪ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﻗﺪﺗﻢﺇﻏﻼﻗﻪ،ﺃﻭﺗﻢﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲﻧﻤﻂ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲﺃﻭﻓﻲﻧﻤﻂﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﺕ.ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﻓﻌﺎﻻ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣ ﺔ
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ:ﺍﻗﺮﺃﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺃﻭﻻ ً.
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
®
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﺗﺤﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺤ ﻞﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻭ ﻁﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﻓﻲﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﺍﺀﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺿ ﻤﺎﻥ Lenovo
ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ" ﺿ ﻤﻦ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ"ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺃﻣﺮًﺍﻣﻬﻤًﺎ.ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻨﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ.ﻣﻊﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻌﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ.ﻭﻗﺪﻳﻨﺸﺄﻋ ﻦ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻣﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻹ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ، ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻓﻲ
ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﻗﻢﺑﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺑﺤ ﺮ ﺹ.ﻭﻋﺒﺮﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭ ّﺩﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻧﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ .ﺑﺎﻻﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ )ﻣﺜﺎﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ(ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ،ﺗﺴ ﺮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ
ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺑﺤ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢﺗﺴﺮ ﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
viﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 9
http://www.lenovo.com/support/phone
ﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺑﻬﺎﻗﻄﻊ،ﺃﻭﺗﻠﻒ .
ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻄ ﻠ ﺐ ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀًﻓ ﻮ ﺭﻳًﺎ
ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳ ﻮﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻭﺍﻹﻫﻤﺎﻝ.ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺤ ﺼ ﻪ،ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓ،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔﻓﻨﻲﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﻟﻪ.
ﺷﺄﻥﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ،ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ،ﻗﺪﺗﻠﺤ ﻆﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔﺃﻭﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪﺩﺧﺎﻧ ًﺎﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪﺗﺴ ﻤﻊﺃ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺗ ًﺎﻣﺜﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻔﻴﺮ.ﻗﺪﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻮ ﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻋ ﻄﻞﻓﻲﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ
ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮﺁﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪﺗﺸﻴﺮﻟﻤ ﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ.ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ، ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻣﺮﺓﺃﻭﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ.
ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛ ﺸ ﻒ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ:
ﻗﻢ،ﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ،ﺑﻔﺤ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﻰﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺮ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﻱ
ﺳ ﺆﺍﻝ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ، ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﺃﻭ ﺟ ﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﺤ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪ،ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻭ ﻑ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺑﺸﺄﻥﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺛﻢﺍﻓ ﺼﻠﻪ ﻋ ﻦ
ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺧ ﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ.
•ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺃﻭﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ،ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟ ﺊ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤ ﻄﻤ ﺖ،ﺃﻭ
•ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ.
•ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ)ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻛﺴﻮﺭ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺟﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﻮﺟﺎﺟﺎﺕ (،ﺃﻭ ﺧ ﺮﻭﺝ ﺳ ﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺃﻭﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏ ﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
•ﺻ ﺪﻭﺭﺃ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻔﻴﺮ،ﺃﻭ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔﻗﻮﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
•ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻞﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
•ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ.
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻪﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺤﻮ.
•ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻻﺣ ﻈ ﺖ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺑﻤﻨﺘﺞ )ﻣﺜﻞﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ (ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺼ ﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﻷ ﺟ ﻞﺃﻭﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo،ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺠﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﺇﺭ ﺷ ﺎﺩﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻼ ﻣ ﺔ
ﺍﺣ ﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺩﻭﻣًﺎﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻃ ﺮﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﺿ ﻤﻦ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ"ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻟﺨ ﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎ ﺕ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ ﻣﺎﻟﻢﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀﺃﻭﺗﻨ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔﺑﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻗﻄ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ .ﻳ ُﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩﺑﻮ ﺻ ﻔﻬﺎﻗﻄﻌًﺎﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ .ﻭﻳ ُﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﻄ ﻊﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ
ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺑﻮ ﺻ ﻔﻬﺎﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ،ﺃﻭCRU .ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﺎﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼ ﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄ ﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀCRU .ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻷ ﺣﺪﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷ ﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻦ
ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﻣﻦﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦﺃﻱ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔﺃﻭ
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀ.
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺮ ﺻ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ :
vii
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 10
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ
ﻗﺒﻞﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.
ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ ﻣ ﺤ ﻮ ﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
2
ﺃﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ،
ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﻤﺪﺓﻟﻠﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥH05VV-F ﺃﻭ3G ﺃﻭ0.75 ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ
ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠ ﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ.ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺿ ﻐﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮﻗﺪﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻫﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﺜﻨﺎﺋﻪ،ﺃﻭﺗﺠﻌﺪﻩ.ﻭﻗﺪﻳﺸﻜﻞ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣ ﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﻯ ﺷ ﻲء.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺤ ﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣ ﻦﺍﻷ ﺣﻮﺍ ﺽ،ﺃﻭﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻧﻴﻮ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻴ ﺾ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺭ ﺿ ﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎﺑﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻗ ﺼ ﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ، ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳ ﻮﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ.ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻮﺍﺋﻞﺇﻟﻰﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺂﻛﻞﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠ ﻲ ﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ/ﺃﻭﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺑﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺩﻭﻣًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ.
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻱ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺑﻪﺗﺂﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻨٰﻲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺨ ﻮﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻚ( ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻣﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻱ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻈﻬﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺂﻛﻞﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺑﻜﻼﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦﺃﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮﺑﻬﺎﺗﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻱ ﻧﺤﻮ.
ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻻ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺔ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ،ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ، ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ،ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻣ ﺼ ﻨﻔﺔﺑﻤﺎﻳﻔﻲ
ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻨﻴًﺎﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧ ﻞ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭّﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ .
viiiﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 11
ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧ ﺬ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭﺗﺂﻛﻞﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ)ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻟﺤﻴﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ
ﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﻳﻞﻟﻪ.
ﻻ ﺗُﺸ ﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ؛ ﻭﺇﻻ،ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔ.
ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﺫﻱ ﺛﻼﺛﺔﺗﺸﻌﺒﺎﺕ.ﻭﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺆﺭ ﺿ ﺔﻓﻘﻂ.ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ.ﻻ ﺗﻔﺴﺪﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﺭ ﺽ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ
ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ
80 ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺋﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ .ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮﻓﻨﻴ ًﺎﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ، ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪﺑﺴ ﻬﻮﻟﺔ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣ ﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻤﺪﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻪ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ .
ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣ ﻮ ﺭﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎﺑﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣ ﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺿﺎﺭﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ، ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺩﺍﺧﻞﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﻮ ﻥ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ.ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ
ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ،ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ً
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ(USB) ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ1394 ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﺼ ﻼ
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔ،ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞﺑﻌﺪﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ix
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 12
ﺍﻹ ﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺤ ﺠ ﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺮﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺍﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻲ ﺑﻪﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻌﺔ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ
ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﻏﻤﺮﻫﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ
•ﺍﻟﺴ ﺨ ﻮﻧﺔ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣ ﻦ 100 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 212 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
•ﺍﻻ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻔﻚ
ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﻪﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻳﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ،ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻜﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡCR )ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﻨﻴﺰ(ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﺕ.
ﻣﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﺕ-ﻗﺪﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊwww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate
ﺇﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺃﻳﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﺪﻋﻢLenovo ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺇﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
xﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 13
ﺇﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺮﻳﺤ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻚﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺃﻭﺗﺴ ﺮ ﺏ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. ﻻﻳﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻥﺃﻱ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺗﻠﻚﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo،ﺃﻭ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﻜﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻟﺔ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ،ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺤﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ.ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺿ ﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿ ﺎﺭﺓ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﺍﻹ ﺻﺎﺑﺔ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺤﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ.
•ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﻓﻜﻬﺎ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻘ ﺼ ﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺗﻬﺎ.
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﻃﻔﺎﻝ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟﺐ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ،ﻣﻊ ﺷ ﺤﻨﻬﺎﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭ ﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ30 ﻭ50 % ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ًﺎﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ.ﻧﻮ ﺻ ﻲ ﺑﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﻣﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ.
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻬ ﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺇﻥ ﺃﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ.ﻗﺪﺗﻮ ّﻟﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣ ﺠﻤﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ.ﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎ:
• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻰ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﻗﺪﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ .ﺗﺠﻨﺐﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﺔﻳﺪﻳﻚ
ﺃﻭ ﺣ ﺠﺮﻙﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺳﺎﺧ ﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻔﻴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻦ
ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﻳﻮ ّﻟﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﻛﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻧﺸﺎﻁﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑ ﺲ،ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭ ﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺧﺬ
ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺳﻨﺎﺩﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻦ؛ﻭﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺠﺮﺓ.
•ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ،ﻭ/ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻭﺡ،ﻭ/ﺃﻭﺑﺎﻟﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮ ﻕ.ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘ ﺼ ﻮﺩﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﺮﻳﺮ،ﺃﻭﺃﺭﻳﻜﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﺠﺎﺩﺓ،ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﺮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺴﺪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ،ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
• ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼًﺑﻤﺨﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﻻﺗﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﻣ ﻼﻣ ﺴ ًﺎﻷ ﻯ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣ ﻦ
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺑﺪ ًﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺟ ﺴ ﺪﻙ.ﻣﻼﻣ ﺴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺠ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑ ﺲ،
ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣ ﺮﻭ ﻕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ.
ﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺘﻚﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ،ﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ:
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻐﻠﻘ ًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼً.
•ﺍﻓﺤ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ.
•ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺛﻘﻮ ﺏ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ
ﺗﺘﻜﺎﺛﺮﺑﻬﺎﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﻗﺔﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﺳﺪﻫﺎ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﻄﻊﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ،ﺇﺫﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ 35 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(.
xi
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 14
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻼ ﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬ ﺮﺑﻲ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ:
•ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺧ ﻼﻝﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺎ ﺻ ﻔﺔﺑﺮﻗﻴﺔ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺔﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﺄﺭﻳ ﻀ ﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ.
•ﻣﺘﻰﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻳﺪ ًﺍﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﻘﻂﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎ.
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺀﺃﻭﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻠﺔ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻏ ﻄﻴﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﻣﺎﻟﻢﺗﺘﻢﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ.
• ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ . ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮ ﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺸ ﻮﻓﺔ .
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ،ﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔ
ﺑﻪ.
ﻟﻠﻔﺼ ﻞ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻛﻞ ﺷ ﻲء.
٢.ﺃﻭﻻ ً،ﺍﻧﺰﻉﺃﺳﻼﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ .
٣.ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ.
٤.ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻛﻞ ﺷ ﻲء.
٢.ﺃﻭﻻ ً،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻛﺒﻼ ﺕﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﺃﺳ ﻼﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻄ ﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻄ ﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺇﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺧﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﺸ ﺎﺷ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳ ﺴ ﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﺎﺋﻞ ) LCD (
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺭﻳﺴﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ)ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉLED (
•ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣ ﺼ ﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺭﻳﺴﻨﺖ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔlcdﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ؛ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ.
•ﻳﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻨﻊ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﺴﺘﺎﻝﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ(LCD)ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻁﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺴ ﺮﻫﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔ
LCD ﻭﻧﻔﺎﺫﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚﺃﻭﻳﺪﻳﻚ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻐﺴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺛﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋ ﻦ 15 ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ؛ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺃﻱ
ﺃﻋﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ،ﺍﺣ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ.
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺫ ﻥ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ
ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﻊ.ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺿ ﻐﻂﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﺳ ﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﻊﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺍﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻨﺎﻏﻢﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ.
xiiﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 15
ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﻻﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺟﺪًﺍﺧ ﻄ ﺮًﺍﻛﺒﻴﺮًﺍﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕEN 50332-2 .ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ
EN 50332-2 ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ7.ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻤﺨ ﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳ ﻊﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑ ـ150 ﻣﻠﻲﻓﻮﻟﺖ .
ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭEN 50332-2 ) ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ
ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ7( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊﺇﻟﻰ75 ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊEN 50332-2 ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺸﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺼ ﺪﺭ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺳ ﺐLenovo ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕEN 50332-1 .ﻭﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎﻣﻊEN 50332-1 )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ6.5 ﻗﻴﻢﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ(.ﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊEN 50332-1 ﺧ ﻄ ﺮ ًﺍﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ.
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻼ ﻣ ﺔ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻗﺪﺗﺸﻜﻞﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻷﻛﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝﺍﻟﺮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻱ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ.
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ:
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺧ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﻲ.
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟّﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﺍﻻﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ،ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻞ،ﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ:
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ
ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺑﻴﻌﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻚ ﻟﻠﺮ ﺻ ﺎ ﺹ، ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺔﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎﺑﺘﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮ ﻃﺎﻥ،ﺃﻭﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻨﺔﺃﻭﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﻠﻴﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﺍﻏ ﺴ ﻞﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ.
xiii
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 16
xivﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 17
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ١ .ﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺓ ﻋ ﺎ ﻣ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻨﺘ ﺞ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ،ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ،ﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ، ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ
ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١
• "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١
• "ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٣
• "ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤
• "ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٥
• "ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕThinkVantage "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٥
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻛ ﻦ ﻋ ﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴﻮ ﺗﺮ
ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
• "ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢
• "ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤
• "ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥
• "ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧
• "ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦
• "ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨
١
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 18
ﻣﻨ ﻈ ﺮ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ
2ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
4ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
6ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ
®
8ﺯﺭThinkVantage
10ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN/WiMAXﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
12ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲBluetooth
14ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
1ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ UltraConnect™ )ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
3ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲUltraConnect )ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(
5ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ
7ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
9ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
11ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
13ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express MiniﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ mSATAﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ Instant Media Mode
®
16ﻋ ﺼﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint
15ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint
17ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١.ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X1
1 3ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲUltraConnectﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺃﻳﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖUltraConnect " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٣٦ .
2ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٣ .
٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 19
4ﺷﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﺳﺘﻮﺭﺑﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ(TFT) ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻧ ﺼ ﻮ ﺻ ًﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٩ .
5ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ
ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﻣﺠ ﻲ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ .
6ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓWiMAX ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetooth،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ
ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN/WAN/WiMAX ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔBluetooth .
7ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﻈ ﻞ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻣ ﻀًﺎ ﻃ ﻮﺍﻝﻓﺘﺮﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﺑﺪﺃ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬّﺭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡﻗﺪﺭﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﺪﺓﻣﻦ 4ﺇﻟﻰ 6 ﺛﻮﺍﻥ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ
ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺓﻭﺃﻋﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝﺇﺑﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﻃ ﺮ ﻑ ﻗ ﺼ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ
ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﻓﺘﺤﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦.
ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔPower Manager ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
8ﺯﺭThinkVantage
،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ
®
ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎﻋﻨﻪ .
®
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺑﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows
9ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﻣﻦ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﻤﻪﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎﺃﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ"ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ " ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٥ .
10ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ LAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
ﻗﺪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ WANﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ LAN Express Miniﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ
LAN/WiMAXﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
11ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ .ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
®
Setup
ThinkPad .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٥٦ .
12ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲBluetooth )ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ، ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣
Page 20
13 ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ WANﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATAﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ Instant Media Mode
UltraNav
14ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
15ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint
16ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint
)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
ﻗﺪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕWAN ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻃ ﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔInstant Media Mode ﻟﺘﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
" Instant Media Mode " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٢ .
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ.ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﺟﺰﺀ ًﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺎﺩﻭﻥﻧﻘﻞ
ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ.
ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ.
®
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲUltraNav
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻩ.
17ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻧﻤﻄﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ.
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻳﻤ ﻦ
ﻨﺔ)ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(
ّ
2ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
14-ﻓﻲ-1ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓMedia Card
3ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X1
14-ﻓﻲ-1ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓMedia Card
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSD ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDHC ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDXC ﺃﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔMMC (MultiMediaCard) ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٣ .
٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 21
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ(CPRM)ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSD .
ﻨﺔ)ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(
ّ
2ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٥ .
3ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7ﻭﻓﻲ Instant
Media Mode .
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻳ ﺴ ﺮ
ﻨﺔ)ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(2 ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USB )ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
ّ
ﻊ4 ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ
ّ
ﻨﺔ)ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
ّ
1ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
3ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X1
1ﺳ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀﻩ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٥ .
2ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB )ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ(
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ(USB) ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.0 .
ﻊ
ّ
3ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ.ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺃﺫﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺭﺑﺎﻋ ﻲ
ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ3.5 ﻣﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊ.
ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤّﻊﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٢ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٥
Page 22
، ﻓﻼﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ
®
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﻲ ،ﻣﺜﻞﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ iPhone
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺫﻥ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻷﺫﻥ،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻨﻪ.
4ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻱ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻋﺮﻗﻠﺔﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ،ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﻣ ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔﻠ ﻲ
2ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ
4ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ
1ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
5ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X1
1ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺫﻱ ﺳﻌﺔﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ،ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ،ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ.ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖActive Protection System™ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
" Active Protection System " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧ .
ﻣﻊﺗﻘﺪﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕLenovo ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴ ًﺎ،ﺗﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﺃﺧ ﻒ ﻭﺯﻧًﺎﻭﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻼً.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻗﺴﻢﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﻓﺎﺭ ﻏﺔﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .
2ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺓﻭﺃﻋﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝﺇﺑﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﻃ ﺮ ﻑ
ﻗ ﺼ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﻣﻦﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " ThinkPad Battery 39+ )ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 6- cell ("
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٥ .
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕThinkPad " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٥ .
٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 23
4ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻱ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﻋﺮﻗﻠﺔﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ، ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ .
5ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪًﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡPower Manager ﻟ ﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ " Power
Manager " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩ .
ﻣﻨ ﻈ ﺮ ﻟﻠ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﻠﻔ ﻲ
2ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﻤﻊ)ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(4 ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞMini DisplayPort
ّ
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB )ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
8ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞeSATA/Always on USBﺍﻟﻤﺠ
5ﻣﻨﻔﺬHDMI
7ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥.ﻣﺸﻬﺪﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯThinkPad X1
1ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻬﺎﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻳﺒﻠﻎﻧ ﺼ ﻒ ﻗﻄ ﺮﻩ15 ﻣﻠﻢ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷﺮﺍﺀﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻳﺒﻠﻎﻗﻄ ﺮﻩ15 ﻣﻠﻢﻳﻼﺋﻢﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕThinkPad "
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٥ .
2ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﻮّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ. ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﻳ ﻀ ﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ.
ﻤﻊ)ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
ّ
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞeSATA/Always on USBﺍﻟﻤﺠ
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤّﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓSATA ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ،ﺗﻮﺥ ّﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ SATA ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٧
Page 24
®
ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ .
®
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ،ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻣﺜﻞiPod
ﻭiPhone ﻭﻫﻮﺍﺗ ﻒBlackBerry
ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ، ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼً، ﻭﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،
ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB .ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣ ﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞAlways On USB، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USB 2.0 .
4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞMini DisplayPort
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚMini DisplayPort، ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺬVGA ﺃﻭDVI
ﺃﻭHDTV .
5HDMIﻣﻨﻔﺬ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝThinkPad ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ(HDMI) ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ/ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺜﻞHDTV .
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB )ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ(USB) ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔUSB،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻣﻮﺻ ﻞ USB ﺍﻷﺯﺭ ﻕ ﻫﺬﺍﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ USB 3.0 .
7ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭّﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓ WANﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐﻭﺟﻮﺩﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM (Subscriber Identification Module)ﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ
WAN )ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ(ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢﺑﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIMﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM .
8ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet .
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻤﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ، ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ LAN ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻟﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ.ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernet ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
ﻣ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟﺔ
ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ.
ﻣ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺢﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﺪﻟﻮﻟﻪ.
٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 25
1ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷﺮ، ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ،ﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
2ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔPower On
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺰﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.ﻳﻈ ﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻣ ﻀ ًﺎ ﻃ ﻮﺍﻝﻓﺘﺮﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ،
ﻭﻳﻄﻔﺄ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ:
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ.
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ.
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ )ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩ ﻱ(،ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺢﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺪﻟﻮﻟﻬﺎ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٩
Page 26
1ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ.
•ﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ.
2ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ20 %ﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ.
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭ ﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻴﻦ5 %ﻭ20 % .
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﻊﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ5 %ﺃﻭﺃﻗﻞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄ ﻲءﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ 20 %،ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﻮﺍﻣ ﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ.
•ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄ ﻲءﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ20 %ﻭ80 %،ﻣﻊﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ
80 %،ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ 100 % .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻓﻼﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺆﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ
ﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓ.
١٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 27
3ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔBluetooth
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻣﺸﻐ ّﻠﺔ،ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ًﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.
•ﻭﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ:ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
4ﻣﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝLAN/WAN/WiMAXﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
•ﺍﻟﻠﻮ ﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻣﺸﻐ ّﻠﺔ،ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ًﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.
•ﻭﻣﻴ ﺾ ﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ:ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ.
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ ﻜﺎ ﻥ ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻬ ﻤ ﺔ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥﻧﻮ ﻉ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻭﻣﻌﺮ ّﻑFCC،ﻭﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓIC ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮ ﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯ ﻩ
ﻳُﻌﺮّﻑ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ، ﺳ ﻮ ﻑ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ
ﻓﻨﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮ ﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١١
Page 28
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣ ﻌ ﺮ ﻑFCC ﻭ ﺭ ﻗﻢ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺍ ﺕIC
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ FCCﺃﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ICﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﻋﻠﻰﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﺣﻴﺚﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ FCCﻭﺭﻗﻢﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ
ICﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ Mini PCI Expressﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
١٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 29
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ .ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ
"ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ PCI Express Miniﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ LAN/WiMAX "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٤ﺃﻭ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ PCI Express Miniﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ
ﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ WANﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٧ .
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺷ ﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔMicrosoft ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﻭﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺤﻪ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ.ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺭﻗﺎﻡﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ
• ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻋ ﺸ ﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔﻣﺘﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔﺑ ﻀ ﻌ ﻒ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ(DDR3)
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ
•ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ 7ﻣﻢ) 2.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ 7ﻣﻢ) 2.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
•ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA )ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔTFT :
•ﺍﻟﺤ ﺠﻢ: 13.3ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 338ﻣﻢ(
•ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺵ ﺷﺎﺷﺔLCD :ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ1366 × 768
•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﺓﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ
•ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ
•ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ
•ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
• 6- ﺻﻔﻮ ﻑ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﺤ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٣
Page 30
•UltraNav )ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯTrackPointﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﻤ ﺲ (
•ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲFn
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡThinkVantage
•ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
•ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ
•ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ) Mini DisplayPort (
•ﻣﻨﻔﺬHDMIﻭﺍﺣﺪ
•ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﻞﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ3.0 (USB)
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﻞﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ(USB)
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲeSATA/Always on (USB)
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞRJ45 Ethernet
ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ
•4×1ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ(SD/SDHC/SDXC/MMC)
ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔLANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ
•ﻣﻴﺰﺓ Bluetoothﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻼ ﺕ (
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WiMAXﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ)ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ(
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﺔ
•ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺠﻢ
•ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ : 337ﻣﻢ) 13.3ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
•ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ: 231.1ﻣﻠﻢ) 9.1ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
•ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ: 16.5ﺇﻟﻰ 21.3ﻣﻢ) 0.65ﺇﻟﻰ 0.84ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺧ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ
• ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ 90 ﻭﺍﺕ )307 ﺣﺪﺓﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ /ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(
ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ)ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ(
•ﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺟﻴﺒﻴﺔﻣﻦ50ﺇﻟﻰ60ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
•ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﻟﻤﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ: 100ﺇﻟﻰ240ﻓﻮﻟﺖ،50ﺇﻟﻰ60ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
• ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power Manager ﻓﻲﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ .
١٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 31
• ﻳﻌﺮﺽ Power Manager ﻛﺬﻟﻚﻣﺆﺷ ﺮﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ، ﻭﺍﻷﺻ ﻔﺮ ،ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ .
ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﻴﺌﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ:
•ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰﻟﻼ ﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 3048ﻡ) 10,000ﻗﺪﻡ(
•ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
–ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ 2438ﻡ) 8000ﻗﺪﻡ(
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 5.0 ° ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35.0 ° ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 41 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (
ﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ:ﻣﻦ 5.0 ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 43.0 ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 41 ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 109 ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (
– ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ 2438 ﻡ)8000 ﻗﺪﻡ(
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿ ﻐﻂ: 31.3 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 88 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻋﻨﺪﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞ 10° ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)50 ° ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (.
•ﺍﻟﺮ ﻃﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ:
–ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ 8 %ﺇﻟﻰ 80 %
–ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ: 5 %ﺇﻟﻰ 95 %
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ، ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﻋ ﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻳ ﻒ ﻷ ﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻣﺸ ﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺑﺠﺎﻧﺒﻪﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺃﻭﺑﺠﺎﻧﺒﻬﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ
ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺪ ﺙ ﻗ ﺼ ﺮﻟﻠﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﻞﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ .
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﻷﻛﻞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.ﻗﺪﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ .
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺕThinkVantage
ﺗﻘﻮﻡLenovo ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓﻭﻧﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﻭﺇﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ،
ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻚ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ.ﺗﻮﻓﺮLenovo ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤ ﺴﻨﺔ،ﻭﺣﻮﺳﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻭﺗﺮﺣﻴﻞﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻭﺣﻠﻮﻻ ًﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ
ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕThinkVantage،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo .
• "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٦
• " Access Connections "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧
• " Active Protection System "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٧
• " Client Security Solution "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨
• " Fingerprint Software "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨
• " Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨
• " Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨
• " Message Center Plus "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩
• " Password Manager "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٥
Page 32
• " Power Manager "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩
• " Product Recovery "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩
• " Rescue and Recovery "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩
• " System Update "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣ ﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ThinkVantageﻭﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻷﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ http://www.lenovo.
com/support .
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻄ ﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡWindows 7
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ:
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools .
ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools.ﺛﻢﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﻟﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺧﺎﻓ ﺖ ﻷ ﺣﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﻓﺈﻥﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ.ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺪﻭﻳ ًﺎ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ١.ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲLenovo ThinkVantage Tools
ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺍﺗﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ
ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻼﺗﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ
ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼﻨﻊ
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ
ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ
ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
Lenovo Screen Reading Optimizer
Lenovo Communication Utility
Access Connections™
Active Protection System
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
Lenovo Solution Center
Mobile Broadband Activate
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
System Update
ThinkVantage GPS
Lenovo SimpleTap SimpleTap
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ
ﺃﻭ
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ .
ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﺺ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺠﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﻓﺎﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻓ ﺖ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
ﺗﻢﺑﻴﺎﻥﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ.
١٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 33
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٢.ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ Lenovo -ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
Lenovo -ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ
Lenovo -ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
Lenovo -ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺃﻭ
Lenovo -ﻗﺎﺭﺉﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ
Lenovo -ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ
ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ
Lenovo -ﻣﺨﺰﻥﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
Lenovo -ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Access Connections
Active Protection System
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
ﺃﻭ
Mobile Broadband Activate
Password Manager
Power Manager
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
Lenovo - GPS
Lenovo -ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥLenovo -ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼﻨﻊ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻨﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥLenovo -ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ
Lenovo Screen Reading Optimizer
Recovery Media
System Update
Rescue and Recovery
ThinkVantage GPS
ThinkVantage AutoLock
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﺤﺴ ﺐ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻗﺪﻻﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ .
Access Connections
Access Connections ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺺ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ . ﺣﻴﺚﻳﻘﻮﻡﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺑﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺯﻣﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻨﻘﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ.
Active Protection System
ﻳﻌﻤﻞActive Protection System ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺸ ﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ
ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻪﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭﺗﻠﻘﻴﻪﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ.ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻗﻞ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﺔ
ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﻗﻔﻪﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ،ﻛﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺭﺅﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ/ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٧
Page 34
Client Security Solution
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
ThinkVantage Toolbox " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨ .
ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﺑﻤﺠ ﺮﺩﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻷ ﻥﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺃ ﺻ ﺒﺤ ﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ )ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﻗﻞﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺃﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ (،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻳﻌﻴﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution ﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﺔﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ.ﻛﻤﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺗﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻢﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺃﻣﺎﻥ،ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solution ﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺇ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solution ﻣﻦ
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ: http://www.lenovo.com/support .
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ Fingerprint Software ﻣﻦﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻭﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ Windows ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.
ﺑﻨﺎﺀًﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺤ ﻞ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﺤ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺁﻣﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo Solution Center ﺃﻭLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻷ ﻏ ﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Lenovo
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
Lenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox
Center ".
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Solution Center ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺃﺧ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﺠﻤﻊﺑﻴﻦﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١٣ .
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﺃﻣﺎﻧ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ:
•Lenovo Solution CenterﺃﻭLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox )ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊ(
•Power Manager
•Rescue and Recovery
•System Update
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !! ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Toolsﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ُﺮﺯﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ
ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊhttp://www.lenovo.com/support .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo Solution Center ﺃﻭLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻷ ﻏ ﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Solution Center، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Lenovo Solution
ﻟﻔﺘﺢLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٦ .
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Toolbox،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕLenovo ThinkVantage
Toolbox .
١٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 35
Message Center Plus
Password Manager
Power Manager
Managerﺿ ﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
Product Recovery
Rescue and Recovery
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMessage Center Plus ﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻹﺑﻼ ﻏ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ
ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻭﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺪ ﺙ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.ﻛﻤﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMessage Center Plus ﺃﻥﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻛﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻷ ﺣﺪﺙ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﻭﺗﺬﻛ ّﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻬﻢﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﻬﻞ
ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻬﺎ، ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣ ُﻌﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪ
ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦١ .
Windows .
System Update
ThinkVantage ، ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕUEFI BIOS، ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ (.ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﻳﻌﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﺣ ﻼ ًﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺿ ﻐ ﻄﺔ ﺯﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ،ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ، ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦١ .
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ)ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎLenovo،ﻣﺜﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٩
Page 36
٢٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 37
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٢ .ﺍﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢١
• "ﺍﻷ ﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢١
• " Instant Media Mode "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٢
• "ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٣
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٧
• "ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١
• "ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٤
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٩
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٢
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٢
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٣
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٣
ﺗ ﺴ ﺠ ﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺃﻭ
ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ.ﻓ ﻀ ﻼ ًﻋ ﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻘﺪﻡﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻌﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻠﻴﻦ.
http://www.lenovo.com/support/faq
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﻠﻮﻟﺔﺩﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﻨﺰﺍﻑ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﺪ ﻯ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo، ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺧﺪﻣﺔﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo
•ﺇﻋ ﻼﻡﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊLenovo،ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊhttp://www.lenovo.com/register .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝThinkPad .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ:
ﻫﻞﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ؟
•ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ: http://www.lenovo.com/support .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻛﻴ ﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ؟
•ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔﺩﻭﻥﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷ ﺮ ﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
•ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺗﻮﺍﺯ ﻥﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺧ ﻄ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡPower Manager .
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔﻣﻤﺘﺪﺓ،ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ) CRU ("
٢١
ﻫﻞﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻬﺘﻢﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ؟
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 38
•ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻗﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤ "ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٩ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ .
•ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ "ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٩ .
ﻫﻞﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺃﻣﺮًﺍ ﺻ ﻌﺒًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻚ؟
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎ ﻑ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊhttp://www.lenovo.com/support/faq .
•ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡAccess Connections .
•ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٤ .
•ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑ ﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٧ .
•ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
ﻫﻞﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ؟
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn+F7ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
•ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ "ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٠ .
•ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
ﻫﻞﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ؟
•ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٦ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧ "ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٥ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦١ .
Instant Media Mode
ﻓﻲInstant Media Mode،ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺃﻗﻞﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﻝWi-Fi ﻣﺪﻣﺠ ًﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔInstant Media Mode ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﻫﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ، ﻭﺗﺸﻌﺮﺍﻵ ﻥ ﺃﻧﻪﺃﺻ ﺒﺢ ﺑﻄ ﻲء ًﺍ؟
•ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٩ .
•ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ "ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١٣ .
•ﻛﻤﺎﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥ "ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ
ﺍﻃﺒﻊﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ.
• "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ١
• "ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١٤
• "ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢٦
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔInstant Media Mode ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺪﻋﻢInstant Media Mode .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞﺑﺴﺮ ﻋﺔﺑﻴﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭInstant Media Mode ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓ.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚInstant Media Mode ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
•ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝWiFi
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7ﻧﺸ ﻄ ًﺎ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔInstant Media Modeﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦUSBﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭ ﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
٢٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 39
•ﻓﻲInstant Media Mode،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻭﻣﺎﻭ ﺱUSBﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔ.
•ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 .
ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲInstant Media Mode ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ Instant Media Mode Launcherﻋﻠﻰﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 .ﻳﺘﻢﺳ ﺮﺩﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ Instant
Media Modeﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﺩﺍﺓ Instant Media Mode Launcher .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ Instant Media Mode،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﺩﺍﺓ Instant Media Mode Launcher .ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﻭﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ
Instant Media Mode .
ﻓﻲInstant Media Mode،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦInstant Media Mode،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 .
ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺍﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ
•ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
•ﺣﺎﻟﺔWiFi
•ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﺎﻗﺔWindows
•ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ:
–ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ:ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ.
–ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ:ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ Instant Media Modeﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
–ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ:ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ.
–ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ:ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ Instant Media Modeﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 .
ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕInstant Media Mode
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔﻓﻲInstant Media Mode :
•ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
•ﻋﺎﺭ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺭ
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ
•ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺁﺧ ﺮ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘ ًﺎ.
•ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻓﻲ Instant Media Mode،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣ ًﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺁﺧ ﺮﺑﺪﻭﻥﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ.
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺯ ﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.
ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡThinkVantage
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺑﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ
ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎﻋﻨﻪ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
•ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦﺑﻴﺌﺔWindowsﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ،ﺷ ﺮﻳﻄﺔﺃﻥﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٣
Page 40
• ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup .
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery .ﺃﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ " To interrupt normal startup,
press the blue ThinkVantage button )ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ThinkVantage ﺍﻷﺯﺭ ﻕ ("ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭThinkVantage .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
ﺗ ﻮﻟﻴﻔﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻮ ﻇ ﺎﺋ ﻒ
ﻋﺒﺮﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn1،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ
2.
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ
ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
•Fn+F2
ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﺮ ﺷﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻬ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
• Fn+F3)ﻓﻲWindows 7 ﻓﻘﻂ(
ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔPower Manager،ﺃﻭﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺯﺭﺍﺭ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﻟ ﻀ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
•Fn+F4
ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ.ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn ﻓﻘﻂ،ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ .
ﺑﺪﻻًﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲPower Manager .
ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
• Fn+F7)ﻓﻲWindows 7 ﻓﻘﻂ(
ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ. ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻘﻂ (LCD)
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ )ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ(
٢٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 41
–ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ )ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ(
–ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ،ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢWindows+P .
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
•Fn+F5
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ
ﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌ ًﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡFn+F5 ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﻣ ًﺎ:
–ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
–ﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
–ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻓﻲInstant Media Mode،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕWiFi .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩWiFi ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ WiFi .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٤ .
ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
•Fn+F6
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F6،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ.
ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ
ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٣ .
ﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ
•Fn+F10 :ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ/ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈ ﺮﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ
•Fn+F11 :ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ
•Fn+F12 :ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ/ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ
• Fn+Spacebar:ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ .ﻳ ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊﻓﻲﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ .
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ:On )ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﺾ ( ﻭOn )ﻋﺎﻟﻲ(ﻭOff .
ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+Spacebar ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ.ﻟ ﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺠﺪﺩًﺍ.ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻤﺮﺓﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
• Fn+F8:ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻔﻮﺗ ًﺎ .
ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPower Manager .
• Fn+F9:ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳ ﻄ ﻮﻋ ًﺎ .
ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ.ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺃﻭ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡPower Manager .
ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺷ ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍ ﺧ ﻔﺎﺀ ﻩ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﺯ ﺭﺍﺭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٥
Page 42
1ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
2ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
3ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻜﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ (+ ) ﺃﻭ
ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﺡ (-) .
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﺗﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻪ، ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺼ ﻪ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ .
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﺰ ﻻ ﻕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ " Volume "ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ " Volume ".ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ، ﺣﺮ ﻙ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻧﺰ ﻻ ﻕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ.ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ، ﺣﺪﺩﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ.
•ﻗﺪﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬﺃﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓ ًﺎ ﻃﻔﻴﻔًﺎﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ.
•ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕWindowsﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻓﻮﻥ
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻷ ﺣﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F6 .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Communications Utility .
٣.ﻓﻲ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔVoIP ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﺭ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺘﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩﻓﻘﻂ:ﺛﻢﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
٢٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 43
ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡWindows ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻮ ﻇ ﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ
1 ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡPrtSc)ﻓﻲWindows 7 ﻓﻘﻂ(
ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻘﻄﺔﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻧﺴ ﺨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ.
2ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows
ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ"ﺍﺑﺪﺃ"ﻓﻲWindows ﺃﻭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺁﺧ ﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﺃﻭ"ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ".ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 .
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﻲInstant Media Mode :
3Esc :ﺍﻟﺮ ﺟﻮﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ.
4Home :ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ Instant Media Modeﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
5End :ﻓﺘﺢﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ.
6Insert :ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄ ﺷ ﻴﺮUltraNav
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav .ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮUltraNav ﻣﻦTrackPoint ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﻤ ﺲ،ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻟﻪ
ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦTrackPointﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻛﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦTrackPoint ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦTrackPointﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻟﻠﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻘﻂ.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﻊTrackPoint،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻢﻗ ﺼ ﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﻭﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﻛﺔ.
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦTrackPointﻟﻠﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻓﻘﻂ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٧
Page 44
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺘﻢﻗ ﺼ ﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡTrackPoint ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ.
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦTrackPointﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ،ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
•ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ،ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕUltraNav
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav ﻣﻦﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ".ﻭﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ !!UltraNav .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕUltraNav ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄ ﺷ ﻴﺮTrackPoint
ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻣﻦ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ1 ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻟﻠﻨﻘﺮﺃﺳﻔﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ5 ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﻣﻮﺍﺯٍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ؛ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓﺃﻥ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮ ﻙ.ﺗﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺳ ﺮ ﻋﺔ
4ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ 2ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺯ ﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ
ﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ،ﻳﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ
3ﻭﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳ
ُ
ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ.ﺇﻥ ﻭ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩ ﻱ.ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘ ﺼ ﻒTrackPoint
ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺷ ﺮ ﻃﺔﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩًﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡTrackPoint،ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ:
١ . ﺿﻊﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﻓﻴﻪ .
ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ،ﻭﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﺣ ﻆ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺤ ﺮ ﻑ .ﻭﻻﻳ ُﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍﻋﻴﺒًﺎ .ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ TrackPoint ﻟﺒﻀ ﻊﺛﻮﺍﻥ ٍ، ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ .
٢ .ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﺣ ﺴﺒﻤﺎﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭ ﻷﻳﺴ ﺮﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻹﺑﻬﺎﻣﻴﻦ ،ﺛﻢﺣ ﺮ ّﻙ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ TrackPoint .
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ.
ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺTrackPoint
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﻭﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺯﺭﺍﺭﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔTrackPoint .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮﺓ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮTrackPoint .
٢٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 45
• ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ TrackPoint .
ﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺTrackPoint،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ !!UltraNav .ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNav .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .ﺃﺳﻔﻞ TrackPoint ،ﺗﺎﺑﻊﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ
ً
ﻟﻠﻔﻚ.ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻢ.
1 ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ﺮ ﻑ ﻋ ﺼ ﺎﺗﺄﺷﻴﺮ TrackPoint ﻗﺎﺑﻼ
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ،ﻳﺘﻢﺷ ﺤ ﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ .ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔ1ﺃﺳﻔﻞﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭTrackPoint ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ2 ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ، ﺣﺮ ﻙ ﻃ ﺮ ﻑ ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﻓﻴﻪ.
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ1 ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﻧﺸ ﻄﺔ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﺔﻟﺤ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥﺃﺳﻔﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﻧﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ3 ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﻧﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ2.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٩
Page 46
ﺗﻘﻠّﺪﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ.ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.
3ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ
3ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ.
2ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
• ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ :ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﺃﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭ ﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦﺃﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ
•ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ:ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ
•ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ:ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭ ﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
–ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻊﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻊ،ﻭﺣ ﺮ ّﻙ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺃﻭﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺑﺤ ﺴ ﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﻼﺋﻤﻚ،ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ
ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ)ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ(.
ﻙ ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺑﺤ ﺴ ﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﻼﺋﻤﻚ،ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻛ ﻼ
ّ
3 ﻣﻊﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﻭﺣﺮ
– ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ
ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦ.
2ﻣﻊﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،
• ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻭﺍﻟﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ
ﻭﺣ ﺮّﻙ ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲUltraNav .
ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ !!UltraNav .ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNav .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNavﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ .
ﺳ ﻠﻮ ﻙUltraNav ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴًﺎ ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ TrackPointﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ.
ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞTrackPoint ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮTrackPoint ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺUltraNav :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
٣.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ TrackPoint ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦTrackPoint .
٣٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 47
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .
٤ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ UltraNav ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNav ﻓﻲﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ .ﻟﻠﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ
ﻓﻲ "ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻘ ﻮ ﻧﺔUltraNav ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﻣﻨ ﻄ ﻘ ﺔ ﺃﺩ ﻭﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺUltraNav،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰUltraNav ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ !!UltraNav .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔﺑﻬﺎﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUltraNavﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐUltraNav .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻹ ﻇﻬﺎﺭﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔUltraNavﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﺃﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ UltraNav .ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺﺛﻢﺗﺎﺑﻊ
ﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻵ ﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺUltraNav ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰUltraNav ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺇﺩﺍﺭ ﺓ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻼ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﻌﺪﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ًﺍﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ
ﺃﻛﺒﺮ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﻭﻭﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻭﺍﻗ ﺾ ﻭﻗﺘ ًﺎﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕThinkPad .ﻟﻘﺪﺃﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺛﻮﺭﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝﺍﻷ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﺻ ﺔﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎﺫﻫﺒﺖ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕThinkPad، ﺳ ﻮ ﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ
ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺪﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻘ ﻖ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭ ﻳﺔ
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻘﻴﺎ ﺱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ) Power Manager Battery Gauge (ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ.
ﻭﺳﻴﺤﺪﺩﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻃ ﻮﻝﻓﺘﺮﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ.ﻭﻟﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻠﻮﻛ ًﺎﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻪﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ،
ﻓﻤﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻌ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺎﻣ ﻼ ﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺎﻥ:
•ﻛﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
•ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ:ﻋﺪﺩﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻭﻛﻢﺗﺒﻠﻎﻓﺘﺮﺓﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻣ ﻀ ﺎﺀﺓ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﻬﺎﻳ ﺊ ﻃ ﺎﻗ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺩ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻳﻮﻥﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﻪ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ.ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﻴﻦﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ:
•ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺣﺰﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣١
Page 48
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺿ ﺮﺭ ﺟ ﺴﻴﻢﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭ ﺽ ﻫﻨﺎ.
١.ﺻ ِﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺻ ِﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
٣.ﺻ ِﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺃﺳﻔﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻪ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺛﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣ ﺰﻣﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺸ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻈ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
–ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.
–ﺇﺫﺍﺑﺪﺃﻣﺆﺷ ﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴ ﺾ
–ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(.
ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﻀ ﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﻀ ﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ٍﺷ ﺤ ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒًﺎ،ﻓ ﺼ ِﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﺑﻪ،ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻐﺮ ﻕ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻧ ﺼ ﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ًﺎ.ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ
ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ.ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺃﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺸ ﺤ ﻦ،ﻭﺳﻴﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺒﺪﺀﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ95 % .
ﺯ ﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﺮ ﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣ ﻴ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭ ﻳﺔ ﻷ ﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺣ ﺪ
ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺣﺪ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺆﺧﺮ ًﺍ،ﺃﻋﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺜﻞﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻓﺎﺭ ﻏﺔ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﺇﺩﺍﺭ ﺓ ﻃ ﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯ ﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٦ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎ ﻉ ﺣ ﻔ ﻆ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﺘﺮ ﺷﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻡﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
• ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ .
ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﺪﺭًﺍﻛﺒﻴﺮًﺍﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ. ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
٣٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 49
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ)ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﺨ ﻄ ﻂﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ(.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3 .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕFn+F3 .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F3 ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ
ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ)ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ(،ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﺛﻢﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻨﺸ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺗﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻬﺎﻣﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ.
ﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F4 .ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡFn .
•ﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺃﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ،
ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ، ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﺛﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows
7 ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺰﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ Instant Media Mode،ﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞﺇﻟﻰﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ .
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﻣﺜﻞBluetooth ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ. ﺳﻮ ﻑ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮ ﺷﻴﺪ
ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ، ﻭﺗﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ)ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ(،ﻟﻦﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ
ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ،ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ًﺍ ﺿ ﺌﻴﻼًﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٤.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂﻟﻪ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻭﻁ.
٦.ﺿ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺣﺪﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑـﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻨﺨﻔ ﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ،ﺗﺤﺪ ﺙ ﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ:ﻳﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ،ﻭﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ،
ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔLCD .
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞPower Manager .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ.
٣.ﻟـﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺿ ﻌ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺿ ﻌ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺣ ﺮﺟﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎ ﺽ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻟﻢﺗﻈﻬﺮﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﺑﻌﺪ ، ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣٣
Page 50
ﺍﻻ ﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺸ ﺒﻜ ﺔ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﻴﻦﺃﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺄﺗﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ WANﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ .
Access Connectionsﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺺ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ.ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺯﻣﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ .
ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕEthernet
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺃﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﻳ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ،ﻣﺜﻞDSL ﺃﻭCATV،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓEthernet ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ
ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﻧ ﺼ ﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ1 ﻏﻴﻐﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ.
ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺒﺮEthernet،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡAccess Connections .
ﺍﻻ ﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻼ ﺳ ﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﻭﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻚ:
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺻ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﻧﺴﺒﻴًﺎ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺒﻨﻰ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ802.11 ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.
Bluetooth
Bluetooth،ﻭﻫ ﻲ ﺗ ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻓﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﻭﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋ ﻦ
WiMAX )ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤ ﻲ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ(
ﻣﺘﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٩ .
ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ
ﺗﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔﺃﻭﺳﻊ.ﻭﺗ ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ، ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻌﺪﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺷ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦ ﺑﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﺑﻌﺪﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ.
ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.16 ﻭﻳ ُﺘﻮﻗﻊﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ"ﻣﻴﻞﺃﺧﻴﺮ"ﺫﻱ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪﻟﺬﻟﻚ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞﺃﻭADSL، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻴ ًﺎ.
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ؛ﺑﺤﻴﺚ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔﺍﻻ ﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉﺃﻭﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ،ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻲ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗ ﺼ ﻄ ﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺓLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﻣﻊ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥﻗﺒﻞﺇﻗﻼ ﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.
•ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ،ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ "ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ThinkPad "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٥ .
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﺎﻉﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓLANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮﻗﻠﻴﻼ ًﻣﻦ90ﺩﺭﺟﺔ.
٣٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 51
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 (ﻣﻊﺧﻴﺎﺭ Bluetooth ﻓﻲﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺒﻄﺊ ﺳ ﺮ ﻋﺔﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ)ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 (ﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞAccess Connections .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻓﻲﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Access Connections،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ (SSID) ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞAccess Connections؛ ﻭﻫﻮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ،ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ.ﺑﻌﺪﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ
ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺑﺴﺮ ﻋﺔ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩWiFi ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔInstant Media Mode،ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰInstant Media Mode،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ
ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩWiFi .ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩWiFi ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻓﺒﻌﺪﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞﺇﻟﻰ Instant Media Mode،ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ
Instant Media Modeﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 .
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩWiFi ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔInstant Media Mode،ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰInstant Media Mode،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﺗﺄﺳﻴ ﺲ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ
ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔInstant Media Mode .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻭﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕWiFi .
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ
ﻳﻠﺰﻡﻟﺤﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎﻥﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺑﻤﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ .ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovoﺑﺈﻣﺪﺍﺩﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ
Trusted Platform Module (TPM)ﻭﻳﺸﻤﻞﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ًﺎﻛﻞ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮ ﻁﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ ﻭ ThinkPadﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ.ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ThinkPad .
http://www.lenovo.com/support .
http://www.lenovo.com/thinkvantagetech/security
HSPAﺃﻭ 3Gﺃﻭ GPRS .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ WAN
ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋ ﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ.
ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻓﻲﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﺳﻴ ﺲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓﻭﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺃ ﺻ ﻠﻴﺔ.
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﻳ ﻀ ﻤﻦClient Security Solution ﻭTPM ﺳ ﺮﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺑﻨﻴﺔﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﺔ.ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯTPM ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﻠﺠﻠﺴﺔﻣﺤ ﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻓﺔﻟﺒﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻ ﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻨﺎﻋﺔ802.1 x ﻭCisco LEAP .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solution ﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution،ﺗﻔﻀ ﻞﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﻃﺮﺯThinkPad ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴًﺎﻗﺎﺑﻼًﻟﻠﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ.ﻭﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ
ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻮﻓﺮﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔLAN .ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻣﻦLenovo .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕThinkPad "
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٥ .
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ)ﺷﺒﻜﺔWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ(ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔﺃﻭﺑﻠﺪﺓﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ، ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺓﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔﻳﺸﻐﻠﻬﺎﻣﻮﻓﺮﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ1xEV-DO ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡﻟﻬﺎﺧﺪﻣﺔ WAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣٥
Page 52
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖUltraConnect " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٣٦ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ،ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞAccess Connections .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡBluetooth
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭّﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5،ﻳﺘﻢ
ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth ﺃﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﻨﻘﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔBluetooth ﺃﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ.
ﻹ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﻜّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ Bluetooth ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ.
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ !!ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕWindowsﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.11 (ﻣﻊﺧﻴﺎﺭ Bluetooth ﻓﻲﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺒﻄﺊ ﺳ ﺮ ﻋﺔﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﻘﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞMicrosoft Bluetooth
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞBluetooth .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓBluetooth .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣ ﻮﻝﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕBluetooth .
My Bluetooth Places
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰMy Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓ Bluetooth .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ.ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺎﻭ ﺱBluetooth )ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﺸ ﺮﻳﺔ(.
•ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ(HCRP)
•ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ
•ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ
•ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔPIM
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔBluetooth،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Bluetooth with Enhanced Data Rate ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ:
•My Bluetooth Placesﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦBluetoothﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺸ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕBluetooth،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
٣٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 53
•ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ
•ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮPIM
•ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻲ
•ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ
•ﻣﻨﻔﺬBluetoothﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ
•ﺗ ﺼ ﻮﻳﺮBluetooth
•ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
•ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒAV
٣ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ .
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺣﻮﻝBluetooth .
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦBluetooth
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ Bluetooth،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ .ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ .ﺣﺪﺩ Bluetooth Setup Wizardﺃﻭ Advanced
Configuration )ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ(.
ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩBluetooth Setup Wizard ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎBluetoothﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ
•ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﻣﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪBluetoothﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭ ّﺩﺓﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢAdvanced Configuration )ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ(ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﻴﺰﺓBluetooth .
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetoothﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭ ّﺩﺓﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ
•ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓBluetooth
•ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔBluetooth
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕBluetooth .ﻟﻼﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ My Bluetooth Placesﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ
HelpBluetoothﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ Bluetoothhelp .ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ Bluetooth Configurationﻋﻠﻰ
ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ Advanced Configurationﺛﻢﻓﻮﻕ Help .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ WiMAX
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔLAN ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWiMAX .
ﻭﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔWiMAX ﻫ ﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ802.16 ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ًﻭﺍﺳﻊﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ " last mile "،ﻳﺸﺒﻪ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻭADSL ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓWiMAX،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞAccess Connections .
ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞAccess Connections، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲWindows 7 " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٦ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣٧
Page 54
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘ ﻖ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱ Access Connections ﻓﻲﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ Access Connections .
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣ ﻮﻝﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺘﺢAccess Connections ﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
• ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱ Access Connections : ﺷﺒﻜﺔLAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌ ﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ،ﻗﺮ ّﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻫﺎﻣﺸﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ.
–
–
–
–
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections :ﺷﺒﻜﺔWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ1
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ2
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ3
–
–
–
–
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣ ﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺎ ﺱAccess Connections،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲAccess Connections .
ﺭﻣﺰAccess Connections ﻭﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰAccess Connections ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣ ﻮﻝﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺘﺢAccess Connections ﺃﻭ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟـAccess Connections ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ Access Connections ﻭﺭﻣﺰﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕAccess Connections ﻋﺒﺮﺷﺒﻜﺔ
ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺭﻣﺰAccess Connections
–
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﻧﺸ ﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ .
–
ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ.
–
ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ.
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ:ﺷﺒﻜﺔLANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ. ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ. ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ.
٣٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 55
–ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻫﺎﻣﺸﻴﺔ.
–
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ.ﻗﻮﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ.ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺓﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ،ﻗﺮ ّﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
•ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ:ﺷﺒﻜﺔWANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
–
ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮWAN ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ
–
ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ
–
ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ
–
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ1
–
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ2
–
ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓ3
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺻ ﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ،ﻓﺠ ﺮ ّﺏ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌ ﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F5 .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻨﻘﺮﺓ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ Access Connectionsﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲAccess Connectionsﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
•ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔAccess Connectionsﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕAccess Connectionsﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ
ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋ ﺮﻭ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔﺑﻜﻞﺛﻘﺔ.
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇ ﻋ ﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺮ ﺽ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ.
ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ
ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻋﺮ ﺽﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻲﻭ ﺳ ﻂﺃﻭﻛﺒﻴﺮ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ.ﺗﺴﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨ ﺮﻭ ﺝ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٣٩
Page 56
ﺗ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺷ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺧ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٠
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞMini DisplayPort "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤١
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺣﺪًﺍﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ1366x768 )ﻣﻊﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞMini DisplayPort (،
ﺷ ﺮﻳﻄﺔﺃﻥﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺩﻗﺔﺇﻣﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﻬﻤﺎﻣﻌ ًﺎﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ
ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺩﻗﺔﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺑﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔTrackPoint
ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7 .ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺘﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ
ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ، ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ،ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻴﻠﻢﺃﻭﻟﻌﺒﺔ،ﺃﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻟﻸ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ .ﺃﻏﻠﻖ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺒﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﺃﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒMPEG ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺑﺪﻋﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ VGA ﻓﻘﻂ )ﺑﺪﻗﺔ 640x480 (ﻓﺘﺠﻨﺐﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻮﻳ ﺶ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮﺟﺎﺕ؛ﻭﻋ ﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ TFT ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺗﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﻳﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻈﻬﺮﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ،ﻣﺜﻞﺷﺎﺷﺔ
ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows .ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻫﺬﺍﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺷﺎﺷﺔTFT؛ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔTFT ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻌﺬﺭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ
ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﺻ ﺤﻴﺤ ًﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ.
٧.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽPnPﻋﺎﻡﺃﻭﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺎﻡﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑPnP .
٨.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ .ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٤٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 57
٩.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١٠ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
١١ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤﺜ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
١٢ .ﺍﻣﺴ ﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ.
١٣ .ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺄﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
١٤ .ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ.
١٥ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ.
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
• ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻠﻒ INF ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﺔﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ
ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺟ ﺰﺀﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
TrackPoint ﺃﻭﺃﻱﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓﺁﺧ ﺮ .
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﻦ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞMini DisplayPort
ﻗﺪﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞMini DisplayPort، ﻭﻫﻮﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ ﻫﺬﺍﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬDVI ﺃﻭVGA ﺃﻭHDMI .
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞMini DisplayPort ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺩﻓﻖ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻴﺢﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ)ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ
ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ.
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺨﺮ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺻ ﻮﺭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽ .
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ ﺩﻭﻥﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤١
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
®
، ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻛﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ Intel
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰCtrl+Alt+F12 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓIntel CUI .
٢.ﺣﺪﺩﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡDirectDrawﺃﻭDirect3Dﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻞءﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻪﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
•ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤١
Page 58
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺛﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F7 ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﻊ.
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-1 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ-2 )ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(.
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ.
٦.ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻦﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻣﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻧﺴﺒﻲ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻼ ﻣﺴﻴﻦﻟﺒﻌ ﻀ ﻬﻤﺎﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ .
٧.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻋ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠ ﻒ ﺗﻌ ﺮ ﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﻟﻮﺍ ﻥ
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻠ ﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔMicrosoft Image Color Management (ICM) .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ
ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘًﺎﻣﻊICM،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻬﺎﺑﻨﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺁﺧ ﺮ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺎﺳ ﺤﺔﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝMicrosoft ICM، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﻣﻠ ﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ThinkPad LCD ﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ"ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔThinkPad ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 2000/XP/Vista/7 " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٣.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻗﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤ ّﻊ،ﻗﻄ ﺮﻩ 1/8ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ) 3.5ﻣﻢ(
•ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ
•ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ
ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ:
•ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ " Intel High Definition Audio ".
•ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕPCMﻭWAVﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ16ﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ24ﺑﺖ.
•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕWAVﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻴﻨﺔﻳﺒﻠﻎ44.1ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰﺇﻟﻰ192ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ.
•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕMIDIﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕWave Tableﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows .
•ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕMP3ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞWindows Media Playerﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺸﻐ ّﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕMP3 .
•ﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﻳﺪﻋﻢﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻣﺮﻓﻘ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ،ﻓﻴﺘﻢﺩﻋﻢﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ . ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺭﺑﺎﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ،3.5 ﻣﻢ،ﻳﺘﻢﺩﻋﻢﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺘﻲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.
٤٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 59
ﻣﻴﺰﺓBeam Forming
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤّﻦ ﺫﻱ ﻣ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔﻣﺜﺒّﺖ ﺑﺄﺳﻔﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻦ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔﻣ ﺼ ﻤﻢ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ،ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊﺑﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻣﻊﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ.ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻮ ﺡ،ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪﻳﻌﺰﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ًﺎ
ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝ ﻧﻈﺎﻕﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟ ﺲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺇﻟﻴﻪﺩﻭﻥﺗﺪﺍﺧ ﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮ ﺿ ﺎﺀﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ.
ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻚ ﺑﺄﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﻭ ﺿ ﻮﺡ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪ ﺙ ﻣﻦﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ.
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲﻟﻠ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSmartAudio ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ !!SmartAudio.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSmartAudio .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣ ﺪ ﻣ ﺠ ﺔ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂFn+F6 ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﻳ ﻀ ﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮ
ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﻭﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﻟﻠ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻘﺎﻃ ﻊﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
ﻣﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺑﺪﺃﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ.ﺛﻢ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﻭﺳﻴ ﻀ ﻲءﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ
ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻗﻴﺪﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﻊﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺮ ﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F6 ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﻓﺎ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F6 ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ.
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ.
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F6 .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ Communications Utility .
٣.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Communications Utility ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎ ﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ.
ﺿ ﺒﻂﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺟ ﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔﻟﻠﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻫﺬﺍﻫﻮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ .ﻭﻳﻤﻨﺤﻚ ﺃﺳ ﺮﻉ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻟﻌﻘﺪﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ.ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ،ﻓﻔﻲﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻤﺔ، ﻻﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ :ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻋﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ .ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻤﺔﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔﻟﻠﺴﺮ ﻋﺔ.
ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ :ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮﺑﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ .ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﻧﻘﻴﺔﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻤﺔ، ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ.ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﺗﺪﻓﻖﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮﺑﻄﻴﺌ ًﺎ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ.ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSD
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDHC
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٤٣
Page 60
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSDXC
•MultiMediaCard (MMC)
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ ﻯ ﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ(CPRM)ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔSD .
•ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔFlash Media،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSD،ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕExpressCards ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕFlash Media،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮ ﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂFlash "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٤
• "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂFlash "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٤
ﺇﺩ ﺧ ﺎﻝ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂFlash
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
• ﻗﺒﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ Flash،ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﻣﻨ ﻀ ﺪﺓﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ .ﻳﻌﻤﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ
ﺻ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ Flash،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١.
ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔFlash Media ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ4 × 1،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺻ ﺤﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
•ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ4 × 1.ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻗﺒﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ Flashﻣﻦﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺃﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ.
٤.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ،ﺣﺪﺩﺇ ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻗﺪﻳﻢ.ﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺇ ﺧ ﺮﺍ ﺝ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂFlash
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ Flash،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١.
ﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂFlash،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
•ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ.
•ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
•ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻮﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ .ﻟﻠﻮﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﺃﻭﻻ ًﺛﻢﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٤٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 61
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٣ . ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺑﻪ.
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٥
• "ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑ ﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٧
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﻟﺬ ﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﺟ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍ ﺣ ﺔ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﻭﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢﻧﻈ ﺮًﺍ ﻷﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻭﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻛﺒﺮﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ.
ﻭﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺔﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺋﻬﺎﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ
ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻧﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮﻳ ﺤ ﺔ
ﻗﺪﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ
ﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺪﺭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﻟﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻭﻳﻮﺿ ﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺷ ﺨ ﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ .ﻭﺣﺘﻰﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ .ﺣﺎﻭﻝﻣﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺓ ،
ﻭﺳﻴﻔﻴﺪﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ.
٤٥
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ :ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺔ .ﻣﻦﺍﻷﻓﻀ ﻞﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼ ﺕ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﻤﻨﻊﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﻌﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺴﺒﺒﻪﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊ.ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻥﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺃﻱ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻃﻔﻴ ﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺑﺴﺒﺐ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ : ﺿﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ 51 ﺇﻟﻰ 76 ﺳﻢ)20 -30 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ (ﻟﻠﺮﺅﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ.ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺍﻟﻮﻫﺞﺃﻭﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻷ ﺿ ﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺑﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Fn+F8 ﺃﻭ
Fn+F9 ﻟﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺳ ﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ .
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ :ﺣﺎﻓﻆﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ (ﻟﻠﺮﺃﺱﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺒﺔ .
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 62
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻘﻌﺪ ًﺍﺑﻪﺩﻋﻢ ﺟﻴﺪﻟﻠﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ.ﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺑﻤﺎﻳﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮ ﺏ ﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓ.
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ:ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺟ ﺰﺀ ًﺍﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺩﻋﻢﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻚ.ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻐﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ
ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺮ ﺥٍﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ)ﺃﻓﻘﻲ(.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ:ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﻳﻦﻟﻸ ﺭ ﺽ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ.
ﻣﺎﺫﺍﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ؟
ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭ ﺳﻤﻴﺔ. ﺣﺎﻭﻝﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺄﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪﺩﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ
ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻐ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﻬﺎ.ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ.
ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ؟
ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝThinkPad ﻣ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻭﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺻ ﻮﺭًﺍﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻮﺡ ﻭﻋﺮﻭ ﺿًﺎﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﺫﺍﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ
ﻭﺳﻬﻠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﻭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥﺃﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻹ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺇﺭﻫﺎﻕ
ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸﺮﺃﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ.
ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻨﺎ ﺳ ﺒ ﻚ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﻭﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢﻧﻈ ﺮًﺍ ﻷﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﺩﺍﺋﻚ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺪﺭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ:
ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ ﻭﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ :ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺯﺍﺩﻭﻗﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﺳ ﻚ ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ، ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ .ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ
ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲ "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺤﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٥ ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ "ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ " ﻫﻤﺎﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻵ ﻻﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﻓﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤ ﻲ.
ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺨﻔﺔﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻧﻘﻠﻪ،ﻓﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺃﻧﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﻤﺎﻳﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻬﺎ.
ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ :ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺎﺙ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻛﻴ ﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻴﻼﺗﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﻟﻚ.ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ،ﻓﺎﺣ ﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻄ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ. ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ
ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕThinkPad ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻴﻼﺋﻢﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ.ﻗﻢﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ:
http://www.lenovo.com/accessories/services/index.html .ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼ ﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ.
ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ThinkPadﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﺰﺯﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ :ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ThinkPad ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕﺗﺴﻬﻞﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎﺃﻥﺗﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٢ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢١ .
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺫ ﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﺟ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺔﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺃﻛﺒﺮﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺋﻨﺎﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ًﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻃ ﺮﻗ ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﻛﺒﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻤﻜّﻦﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕ ﻣ ﻼﺀﻣﺔ.ﻭﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺷ ﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ.ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻟﺪﻳﻚ.ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ،ﺗﺤ ﺴ ّﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺿ ﻤﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ.ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺼ ﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔﺍﻟﻼ ﺯﻣﺔ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮﻃ ًﺎﺃﻛﺒﺮﺃﻭﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺎﻉ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ.ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻨﺔ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣ ﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕMicrosoft .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
٤٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 63
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺳ ﻬﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ.
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳ ﻬﻮﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ.
Windowsﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ Windows .ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ Microsoft Windows،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ:
http://www.microsoft.com/enable/Products/altkeyboard.aspx
access.adobe.com،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ Adobe PDFﺇﻟﻰ HTMLﺃﻭﻧ ﺺ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻱ ﺑﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ
PDFﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ URLﻟﻤﻠﻒ Adobe PDFﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪﺇﻟﻰ HTMLﺃﻭ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﻗﺎﺭﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻤﻤﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺰﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺃﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ،
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺃﻭﻻ ًﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕAdobe PDF ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻗﺎﺭﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻭﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺤ ﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺷ ﺮﻛﺔAdobe Systems Incorporated .ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊhttp://
ﻧ ﺺASCII .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕAdobe PDF ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹCD-ROM ﻣﺤﻠﻲﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ(LAN) ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ
ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻠﻒAdobe PDF ﻓﻲ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺑﺮﻳﺪﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ.
ﻭ ﻇ ﻴﻔ ﺔ ﻣ ﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﺎ ﺷ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻄﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻄﺔ ﻭﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﺳﻔﻞ
ﻳﻤﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ/ﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪ.
ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ.
ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔ ﺮ ﺑ ﺼ ﺤ ﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞﺑﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.
ﺗﻠﻤﻴ ﺤ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔ ﺮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓﺑ ﺼ ﺤﺒﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
١ .ﻓﻲﺣﻴﻦﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻵﻣﻦﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﺒﺮﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻔﺤ ﺺ ﺑﺎﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﻄﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀﻧﺎﻇ ﺮﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻃ ﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺠﻨﺒًﺎﻟﺴ ﺮﻗﺘﻪ.
٢.ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ،ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﻨﻪﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ.
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
• ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ،Bluetooth،...ﺇﻟﺦ( ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮ ﻁﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻌﻮﺩ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.
• ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ،ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ.ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ، ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ "ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٩ .
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ.
١ .ﺗﻮﺥﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭﺑﺸﺄﻥﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ
ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﺨﻠ ﻒ.
٢ .ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻗﻼ ﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٣.ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ٤٧
Page 64
ﻣﻠ ﺤ ﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻔ ﺮ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﺑﺎﻷ ﺷﻴﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎﻣﻌﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻘﺮﺭﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ:
ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯThinkPad
•ﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ًﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
•ﻛﺒﻞEthernet
•ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ،ﻣﺸ ﺤﻮﻧﺔ
•ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮًﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻭﻟﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ، ﺭﺑﻤﺎﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊﻟﻠﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮﻓﻲ ﺍ ﺻ ﻄ ﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ
•ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ/ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ ّﻊﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯThinkPad
•ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ
٤٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 65
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٤ . ﺍ ﻷ ﻣ ﺎ ﻥ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ .
• "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞﺁﻟﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٩
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٩
• "ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٤
• "ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٦
• "ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٩
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٠
• "ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٠
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻗﻔ ﻞ ﺁﻟ ﻲ
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺃﻣﺎﻥﻳﻠﺰﻣﻬﺎﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻳﺒﻠﻎﻧ ﺼ ﻒ ﻗﻄ ﺮ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ15 ﻣﻠﻢ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻘﻄ ﺮ15 ﻣﻠﻢﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،
ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﻧﻘﻠﻪﺩﻭﻥﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﻨﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻟﻪﻗﻄ ﺮ ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ 15 ﻣﻠﻢﺇﻟﻰﻣﻨﻊﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ LCD ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ،ﻭﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ LCD .
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻘﻄ ﺮ15 ﻣﻠﻢﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻋﺒﺮﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺠ ﺴﻢﺛﺎﺑﺖ.ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻘﻊﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻗﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻚ . ﻻﺗﻘﺪﻡ Lenovo ﺃﻱﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ،ﺃﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ،ﺃﻭﺿ ﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ
ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﺃﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ
ﻋﺒﺮﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻵ ﺧﺮﻳﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺑﻤﺠ ﺮﺩﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣ ﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ
ﻣﺮﺓﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇ ﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ. ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﻴﻦﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮﻳﻦ
ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺮﻳﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺎﺿ ﻐﻂ
ﻋﻠﻰF1 ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٤٩
• "ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٠
• "ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٠
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 66
• "ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٠
• "ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٤
• "ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٣
ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻜ ﻮ ﻥ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰFn+F4،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻷ ﻱ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻪﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺮ ﻏﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F1 .ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺇﻟﻰ:
٢.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻵ ﻥ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ F1 ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻷﻭﻝ .
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰBackspaceﺇﺫﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻄ ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺧ ﻄﺄﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.
ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﺑﺪ ﺀ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮ ﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻬﻢﺑﺬﻟﻚ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣ ﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
١.ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩSecurity ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩPassword .
٧.ﺣﺪﺩPower-on Password .
٨.ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ،ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻄ ﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup .ﻟﻠﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ
Security "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٥.
٩ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enterﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .
٥٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 67
١٠ .ﺍﺣﻔﻆﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ .ﺑﺨﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻚ ﻟﻬﺎ ، ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺎﺋﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠ ﺰﺋﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.
١١ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F10ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ.
١٢ .ﺣﺪﺩYesﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSetup Confirmation .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ1ﺇﻟﻰ9.ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ. ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ 1ﺇﻟﻰ 9.ﺛﻢﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New
Password ،ﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺧﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ.
ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ، ﻭﻫﻤﺎ:
•ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻻﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
•ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﻳﺘﻮﺟ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻓﻘﻂ.ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ،ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﻜ ّﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻣﺜﺒّﺖ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ؛ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎﺃﻱ ﻓﺮﺩﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻜﻞ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ،ﻭﻳﺨﺒﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴ ّﻨﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻪ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺭ ﻏﺒﺘﻪ،
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
١.ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩSecurity ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩPassword .
٧.ﺣﺪﺩHard Disk ×،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ×ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻟﻪ.
٨.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ Setup Confirmation .ﺗﺘﻢﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪUserﺃﻭUser+Master .ﺣﺪﺩ Userﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﻘﻂ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ ًﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻓًﺎ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ User+Masterﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ .)ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻ ﺣﻘ ًﺎ (.
٩.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪUser + Master ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺓ12 .
١٠ .ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪUserﻓﻘﻂ،ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup .ﻟﻠﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ
Security "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٥.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻃ ﻮﻟﻬﺎﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋ ﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔﺃﺣﺮ ﻑ ،ﻓﺴﻴﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔﺃﺣﺮ ﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔﺃﺣﺮ ﻑ،ﻓﻠﻦﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
١١ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enter ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺓ 18
ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ.
١٢ .ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪﺩ ﺕ User+Master،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭﻻ ً. ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕContinue .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٥١
Page 68
١٣ .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password .
١٤ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enterﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
١٥ .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕContinue .
١٦ .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password .
١٧ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enterﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
١٨ .ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺗﻚ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ .ﻭﺑﺨﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻚ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻘﻂ ،ﺃﻭﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ،ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻣﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺘﻴﻦﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.ﻳﺘﻮﺟ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ
ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺋﻊﺍﻟﺘﺠ ﺰﺋﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺮﺍﺀ،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄ ﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
١٩ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ .
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ1ﺇﻟﻰ7 ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﻭﺩﺓﺃﻋ ﻼﻩﻓﻲ " Setting a hard disk password " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥١ ، ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup .
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current Password.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞConfirm New
Password .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter،ﻭﺳﺘﻨﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ .ﺑﺬﻟﻚﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current Password .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦ Enter New
Passwordﻭ Confirm New Passwordﻓﺎﺭﻏﻴﻦ،ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10ﻟﻠﺨ ﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ
ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻢﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ+ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ، ﺣﺪﺩUser HDP ﺃﻭMaster HDP .
ﺇﺫﺍﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺕUser HDP،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ:
• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter Current Password.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter
New Password ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Confirm New Password.ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter،ﻭﺳﺘﻨﻔﺘﺢ
ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10 ﻟﻠﺨ ﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current Password.ﺛﻢ
ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦEnter New Password ﻭConfirm New Password ﻓﺎﺭﻏﻴﻦ، ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ
F10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ .ﺑﺬﻟﻚﺗﺘﻢﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ .
ﺇﺫﺍﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺕMaster HDP،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ:
• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current
Password .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter New Password،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞConfirm New Password.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰEnter،ﻭﺳﺘﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ Enter Current
Password .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦ Enter New Passwordﻭ Confirm New Passwordﻓﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﻦ،ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ
ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10 ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻢﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
٥٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 69
ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﺮ ﻑ
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲThinkPad Setup .ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻟﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺨ ﺺ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻠﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ،ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ThinkPad Setup .ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ.
• ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻗﻴﺎﻡﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ .
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻠﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﺒﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌ ًﺎ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ :
–ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
–ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺗﻲWake on LANﻭFlash over LANﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓInternal Network Option ROMﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻗﻔﻞﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩUEFI BIOSﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻃ ﻮﻝﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
–ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭBoot Device List F12ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻗﻔﻞﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓFlash BIOS Updating by End-Usersﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯBluetoothﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯWANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
–ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
–ﻣﺴ ﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﺕThinkPadﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ.
•ﻭﻋﺒﺮﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓLock UEFI BIOS Settingsﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔPasswordﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺨ ﺺ ﺑﺨ ﻼﻓﻚ
ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣ ﺸ ﺮ ﻑ
ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺣﺪﻩﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ.
١.ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩSecurity ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩPassword .
٧.ﺣﺪﺩSupervisor Password .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٥٣
Page 70
٨.ﺗﻔﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ.
٩.ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password ؛ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡEnter .
١٠ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enterﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.ﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
١١ .ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺗﻚ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enter .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻗﺪﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ،ﻟﻦﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ
Lenovoﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺋﻊﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ Lenovoﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻤﺜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ
ﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovoﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ ،ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺤﺼ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄ ﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ .
١٢ .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﻔﺘﺢ ThinkPad Setup ،ﺳﺘﺘﻢﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ ﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ1ﺇﻟﻰ8ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﻭﺩﺓﺃﻋ ﻼﻩﻓﻲ"ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸ ﺮ ﻑ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٣ ،ﻣﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰThinkPad Setup .
ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter Current Password ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter New Password ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻮﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ
Confirm New Password .
٣ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﻄ ﻮﺗﻴﻦ 11 ﻭ 12 ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺗﻴﻦﺃﻋﻼﻩﻓﻲ "ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸ ﺮ ﻑ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٥٣ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ .
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞEnter Current Password ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
٢.ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﻦEnter New PasswordﻭConfirm New Passwordﻓﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﻦ.
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺗﻴﻦ 11ﻭ 12ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺗﻴﻦﺃﻋ ﻼﻩﻓﻲ "ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸ ﺮ ﻑ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٥٣ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ.
ﺃﻣﺎ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺰﺯﺓﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ،ﺗﻢﺩﻣﺞﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲUEFI BIOS ﻭﺗ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻢﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮThinkPad
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ.
ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻷﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ . ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
ﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔﻓﻲ "ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٠ ﻭ "ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥١ .ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﻳﻮ ﺻ ﻰ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
٢.ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻳ ُﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﻟـUEFI BIOS ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ"ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ") TPM (.
ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ "ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥ .
٣ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ Disk Encryptionﻟﻤﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ Encryptionﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ
®
Drive Encryptionﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7 .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Windows BitLocker
Drive Encryption "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﺑﻪ، ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ،
ﻣﺜﻞMicrosoft Windows BitLocker
٤ .ﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭﺗﺒﻴﻌﻪﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻪﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ﺁﺧ ﺮ ،ﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺬ ﻑ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٩ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ UEFI BIOS .
٥٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 71
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞWindows BitLocker Drive Encryption
ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻪﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﺑﻪ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ،ﻣﺜﻞ Windows
BitLocker Drive Encryption .
Windows BitLocker Drive Encryptionﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ Windows 7ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎﺇ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ ﻱ Ultimateﻭ Enterprise
ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7 .ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ
ﺳ ﺮﻗﺘﻪ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞBitLocker ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞBitLocker ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻌﺰﺯﺓﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﻮ ّﻥﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺮ.ﺗﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒTPM
ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﻫ ﻲTPM ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ1.2 .
ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔBitLocker،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮ ﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ !!BitLocker Drive Encryption .
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞBitLocker Drive Encryption ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺼ ﺺ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows 7،ﺃﻭﺍﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ " Microsoft Windows BitLocker Drive Encryption Step-by-Step Guide ")ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮﺓﺑﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺓ(ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
ﻭﻳﺐ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔMicrosoft .
ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ " Disk Encryption " ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ " Encryption " ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ " Disk Encryption "ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ " Encryption "ﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺿ ﺪﺍﻟﻬﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ NAND ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ
ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮﻳ ﺤ ﺔ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎ ﻥ
ﺗﻢﻓﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺻ ﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﺔﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ.ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﻳﺄﺗﻲ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨًﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺃﻣﺎﻥ،ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺸﻔﺮ.ﻣﻊ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻣﻚ
•ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ
•ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solutionﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solution،ﺗﻔﻀ ﻞﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ
http://www.lenovo.com/support .
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔSecurity Chip ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup :
•Security Chip :ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
•Security Reporting Options :ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺑﻼ ﻍ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ.
•Clear Security Chip :ﻟﻤﺴ ﺢ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮ ﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup .ﻭﺇﻻ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺨ ﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.
٢.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solution ،ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
•ﻻ ﺗﻤﺴ ﺢ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻣﺴ ﺢﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴ ّﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ،ﻟﻦﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solutionﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
٣ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ،ﺃﻭﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ،ﻟﻦﻳﺒﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ4 ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﻴﺮﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻣﻦ 4
ﺻ ﺎﻓﺮﺍﺕ،ﺃﻭ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻯ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄ0176 ﺃﻭ0192 .
٤ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﺘﻢﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ Clear Security Chip .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٥٥
Page 72
٥ .ﻋﻨﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚﺑﻤﺴ ﺢ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺛﻢﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻚ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊ
Active .ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻔﻌﻞ،ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ Clear Security Chip .
ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ Security Chip :
•ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
•ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇ ﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢSecurityﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ.ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity .
•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰSecurity Chipﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔSecurity Chip .
•ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰEnter .
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮ ﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
•ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF10ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ.
•ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓSetup Confirmation،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕYes .
ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ، ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution،ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solutionﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺇ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client
Security Solutionﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ Lenovoﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solution،ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ http://www.lenovo.com/
support .ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑ ﻊ
ﺗﺒﻌًﺎﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨ ًﺎﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﻧﻬﺎﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﺎﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad
Setup ﻋﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴ ﺢﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ،ﺩﻭﻥﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ .ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺤﻞ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﺤ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺁﻣﻨﺔ.
ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞClient Security Solution .ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺃﻥﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solutionﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Client Security Solution،ﺗﻔﻀ ﻞﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ
http://www.lenovo.com/support .
ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ Lenovo ،ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ " Fingerprint Software "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٨ .
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
٥٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 73
ﺩﻻﻻ ﺕ ﻣ ﺼ ﺒﺎﺡLED ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٣.ﺩﻻﻻ ﺕ ﻣ ﺼ ﺒﺎﺡLED ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﺆ ﺷ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻒ
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮ.ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﻗﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔﺃﻭﺗﻤﺖ ﻣ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺘﻬﺎ.
ﻣ ﺼﺒﺎﺡ LED ﻳﻈﻬﺮﺑﻠﻮﻥﺃﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺛﺎﺑﺖ.ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﻟﻤﺴﺢﺍﻟﺒﺼ ﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﺗﻌﺬّﺭ ﺕ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻﺒﻊ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﻳﻮﻣ ﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.
ﻣ ﺴ ﺢ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ
ﻟﻤﺴ ﺢﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺿ ﻊﺃﻧﺎﻣﻞﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌ ﻚ،ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻃ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﺔﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌ ﻚ
ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.
٢ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺨﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻣﺴ ﺢﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺑﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٥٧
Page 74
ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﺑﻌﺪﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ،ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ :
١.ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ power-onﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ hard disk securityﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٣.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ،ﺍﻣﺴ ﺢﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ،ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ.ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ.
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴ ﺢﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﺍﻋﺘﺪﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﻨﺴﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ .ﻗﻢﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ، ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ .ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺎﺗﻌﺬّﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﺴ ﺢﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ،ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.ﺇﺫﺍﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ، ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔLenovo ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ Lenovo ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ. ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ Lenovo ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ، ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ
ﺗﺤ ﺼ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄ ﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩ ﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴ ّﻦﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ.
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔfingerprint ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkPad Setup ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•Predesktop Authentication :ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻗﺒﻞﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
•Reader Priority :ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼ ً.
•Security Mode :ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.
•Password Authentication :ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ.
• Reset Fingerprint Data:ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﻣﺴ ﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ.
ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔfingerprint :
١ .ﺍﻃﺒﻊﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ .ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ،ﺛﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ .
٥٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 75
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺛﻢﺃﻋﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
٤.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡF1 .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢThinkPad Setup .
٥.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢSecurityﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ،ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity .
٦.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰFingerprintﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ،ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔFingerprint .
٧.ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻌﻨ ﺼ ﺮ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ Enter .
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮ ﻏ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
٩.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F10ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ.
١٠ .ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Setup Confirmation ،ﺣﺪﺩYes .
ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ:
•ﺧﺪ ﺵ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﺠ ﺴﻢﻣﺪﺑﺐ ﺻ ﻠﺐ.
•ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﻈﻔﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﺷ ﻲءﺣﺎﺩ.
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺃﻭﻟﻤﺴﻪ ﻭﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻣﺘﺴ ﺨﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺣ ﻈ ﺖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺑﺮ:
•ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺗﺴﺎﺥﺃﻭﺑﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.
•ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺑﻠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ.
•ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻓﺸ ﻞﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺘﻬﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺘﻬﺎ:
•ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺗﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.
•ﺧ ﺸﻮﻧﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺃﻭ ﺟﻔﺎﻓﻪﺃﻭﺇ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺘﻪ.
•ﺷﺪﺓ ﺟﻔﺎ ﻑ ﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.
•ﺍﺗﺴﺎﺥﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺫﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ.
•ﺍﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻭﻗ ﺖ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ.
•ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺑﻠﻞﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ.
•ﻋﺪﻡﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ.
ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗ ﻒ، ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﺃﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭ ﺭ ﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.
•ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ.
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻔﺎ ﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺮ ﻃ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ﺇ ﺷ ﻌﺎﺭ ﺣ ﻮ ﻝ ﺣ ﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻣﻊﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ،ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎﺗﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،
ﻭﺑﻌ ﻀ ﻬﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﺔ،ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ،ﺇﻣﺎﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.ﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺗﺒﻴﻌﻪﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻪﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ،ﺍﺣﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﻓﺈﻥﺇﻋ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻙﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ﺁﺧ ﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤّﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ،ﻣﺜﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴ ﺺ.ﻟﺬﺍ
ﻧﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ.
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﻟﺤﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٥٩
Page 76
•ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺎﺕ،ﺛﻢﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻷﻣﺮ "ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺳﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺎﺕ ".
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻣﺮﺍﻟﺤﺬ ﻑ " Delete ".
•ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪ.
•ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ،ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩLenovo،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺷ ﺤﻨﻪ
ﺑﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ،ﻓﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ؛ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﺤﺬ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ.ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺤ ﺖ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻣﺜﻞWindows .ﻭﻟﻜﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥﺑﺪ ﺕ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ.ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ ًﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧ ﻄ ﺮﻗﻴﺎﻡﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺫﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﺇﺳﺎﺀﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻷ ﻏ ﺮﺍ ﺽ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ.
ﻟﻤﻨﻊﺗﺴ ﺮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ
ﻣﻨﻪﺃﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪﺃﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪﻟﻠﻐﻴﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤ ﻄﻴﻢﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻄ ﺮﻗﺔ،ﺃﻭ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴ ًﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴ ﻲ
ﻗﻮ ﻱ،ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﻌﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻮ ﺻ ﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ)ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺮ(ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ)ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺮ(ﺍﻟﻤﻄ ﻮ ّﺭﺓ ﺧ ﺼ ﻴ ﺼًﺎ
ﻟﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻐﺮ ﺽ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺜﻞﺃﺩﺍﺓSecure Data Disposal .ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﻟﻤﺴﺢ
ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺗﺎﻡ.ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻳﻦﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﻦ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊhttp://www.lenovo.com/support .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮ ﻕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑ ﻀ ﻊ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻓ ﻬ ﻤ ﻬﺎ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ،ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺨﻮﻝ،ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ،ﻭﻫﺠﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻬﺎﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺧ ﺼ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺘﻚ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺣﺒﺔﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺣ ﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎ ﺕ
ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔﻓﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.ﺗﻢﺗ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ
ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲﻟﻤﺪﺓ30 ﻳﻮﻡ.ﺑﻌﺪ30 ﻳﻮﻣﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﻘﻮﻡ
ﺑﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴ ﺺ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ.
٦٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 77
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٥ . ﻧ ﻈ ﺮ ﺓ ﻋ ﺎ ﻣ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘ ﻌﺎﺩ ﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡLenovo ﺑﺈﺗﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ.
ﻭﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦١
• "ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٢
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٣
• "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٤
• "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٤
• "ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٥
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١ .ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ .ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٢ .ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻸ ﻏ ﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻘﻂ :
•ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
•ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ :ﻟﻤﻨﻊﻣﺨﺎﻃ ﺮﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎﻧﻮﺻ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦ
ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ4.3ﻣﻦThinkVantage Rescue and Recoveryﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺣﺪ ﺙ
•Symantec Norton Ghost،ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭ15ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ :ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ"ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ".
٢.ﺍﻛﺘﺐcmdﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ.
٣.ﺍﻛﺘﺐghost -align=1mbﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰEnter .
•Acronis True Image 2010ﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ
•Paragon Backup & Recovery 10 Suitﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ،Paragon Backup & Recovery 10 Homeﺃﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻣ ﻬﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ،ﺃﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ،ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌﺪﻓﺸ ﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ
ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ، ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .ﻗﺪ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻭﻭﺳﻴﻂﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺗﺮ ﺧﻴ ﺺMicrosoft Windows ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻓﻘﻂ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺪﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ.
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 .
٦١
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 78
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ USBﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ :
• ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools !!Factory Recovery Disks.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
• ﻋﻠﻰﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﻓﻘﻂ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻓﺸ ﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ : ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ USBﺁﺧ ﺮ(ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup Device Menu ،ﺣ ﺮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter .ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١ .ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٤ .
٢ .ﺗﺄﺗﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ Microsoft Office ﺃﻭMicrosoft Works ﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ
ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖMicrosoft Office ﺃﻭMicrosoft Works،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ"ﻗﺮ ﺹMicrosoft Office ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ"ﺃﻭ"ﻗﺮ ﺹMicrosoft
Works ﺍﻟﻤﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ ".ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ Microsoft Office ﺃﻭMicrosoft Works ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﺴ ﺦ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻟﻠﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ:
•ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻣﺮﻛ ّﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖUSBﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻓﻘﻂ،ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﺇ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧ ﺴ ﺨ ﺔ ﺍﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﻃ ﻴﺔ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
• ﻹﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recoveryﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺴﻨﻴﻦ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕBack up your hard driveﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ
ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.
٦٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 79
ﺇ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
• ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recoveryﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools !!ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺴﻨﻴﻦ.
ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰRestore your system from a backup .
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ Rescue and
Recovery "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٣ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﺴ ﺎ ﺣ ﺔRescue and Recovery
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recoveryﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows .ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery :
• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢﻟﻚﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎﺩﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUSB ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹ.ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺤ ﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣ ًﺎ
ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﻌﻤﻞﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ ﻋﻤﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺬﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ﺎﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ
ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﻧﺴ ﺨﺔRescue and Recovery ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUSB ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ .
• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺨ ﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recovery :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔRescue and Recovery،
ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀC: ﻭﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻛﻤﺎﻫ ﻲ.ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،
ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ)ﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻫﻮC: (ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣ ًﺎ،ﻓﻘﻢ
ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴ ﺦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.ﺇﻥﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔRescue files ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ
Rescue and Recovery ﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺁﺧ ﺮ .
ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F11ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎﻋ ﻚ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺻ ﻔﻴﺮﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻚ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ
ﻋﻠﻰF11 .
٣ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﺪﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ Rescue and Recovery،ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻚ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ
Rescue and Recoveryﺑﻌﺪﻓﺘﺮﺓﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ "ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٥ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔRescue and Recoveryﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ
ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٦٣
Page 80
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١ .ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ
"ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٤ .
٢ .ﺗﺄﺗﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ Microsoft Officeﺃﻭ Microsoft Worksﺑﺸﻜﻞﻣﺴﺒﻖ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ
Microsoft Officeﺃﻭ Microsoft Works،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ "ﻗﺮ ﺹ Microsoft Officeﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ"ﺃﻭ "ﻗﺮ ﺹ Microsoft Works
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻁ ".ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ Microsoft Officeﺃﻭ Microsoft Worksﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻹ ﻧﻘﺎﺫ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖUSB،ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄ ﻞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞRescue and Recovery ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
• ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺴﻨﻴﻦ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ Create Rescue and Recovery Media .
٤.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue Media ،ﺣﺪﺩﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ USBﺃﻭ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ.
٥ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ OK ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍﻹ ﻧﻘﺎﺫ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺖ USB ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ USBﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USBﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup Device Menu ،ﺣ ﺮﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﻓﻲStartup Device Menu ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖUSBﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﻭﻝ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀ
ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﺘﻢﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻪﺑﺪﺀ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ، ﻭﺫﻟﻚﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔStartup " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٦.
ﻋﻨﺪﺑﺪﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery .ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and
Recovery .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
ﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻄ ﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻭﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞ ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣ ﺴ ﺒﻘًﺎ
ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺷ ﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘًﺎ
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ Windows Explorerﺃﻭ Computerﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪC:\SWTOOLS .
٦٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 81
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ APPS .ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮ ﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻞﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ًﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
٥.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ.
٦.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ،ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﺓﺗ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ
ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ Windows Explorerﺃﻭ Computerﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪC:\SWTOOLS .
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ DRIVERS .ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ DRIVERS ،ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻞﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ًﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ،AUDIOﻭVIDEO (.
٥.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
٦.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ،ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧ ﺼ ﻲ )ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ .txt (.ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
-ﺃﻭ-
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ)ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ.inf (،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ"ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ" )ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows ( ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.ﻓﻲ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ "ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ"، ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﻢﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ .ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
-ﺃﻭ-
• ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ،ﻓﺎﺑﺤﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ )ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ .exe (.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ،ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔ،ﻓﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐWindows Update .ﺑﻞﺍﻃﻠﺒﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١٠ .
ﺣ ﻞ ﻣ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﺍﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺳ ﻂﺍﻧﻘﺎﺫﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٤ .
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻓﺸ ﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻺ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗ ﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٢ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻣﻦﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ)ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ USB ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ (ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ًﺍﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺑﺪﺀ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻭﻻًﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ Startup " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٦ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣ ﻮﻝﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔﺃﻭﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " ThinkPad Setup " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٤.
ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﺳﺮ ﻉ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٦٥
Page 82
٦٦ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 83
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٦ .ﺍﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍ ﻝ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤّﻦﺍﻷ ﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ ﺁﺧ ﺮ .ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ
PCI Express Miniﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ.
• "ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧
• "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ) CRU ("ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٠
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٣
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Miniﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔLAN/WiMAX "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٤
• "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ PCI Express Miniﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ WANﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧
• "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATAﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٢
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨١
ﺍﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﺎﻛﻨﺔ
ﻗﺪﺗُﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ،ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻞﺃﻱ ﺿ ﺮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ،ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺧ ﻄﻴﺮ.ﻭﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ
ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻘﻄ ﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﻓ ﺾ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀ، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢ
ﺍﻟﻐﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ،ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻧﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺔ-ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ:
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ.ﺇﺫﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ.
•ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ .ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ،ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﺃﻃ ﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺃﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ.
•ﺍﻣﻨﻊﺍﻵ ﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﺔﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀCRU،ﻗﻢﺑﻤ ﻼﻣﺴﺔﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻄﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻤﺪﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓﻭﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎ ﺱ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺤﻨﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻪ ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ًﺩﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺭ ﺽ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻬﺬﺍ
ﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ، ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺃﻣﻠ ﺲ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﺛﻢ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ.
• ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ .
ﻗﺒ ﻞ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻳﻤ ﻜ ﻦ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍ ﺳ ﻄ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻤﻴﻞ ) CRU (
ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺘﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﺮﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ،ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱﻭﺣﺪﺓ CRU ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺃﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F1ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setupﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ThinkPad .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩConfig !!Power .ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔ.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩDisable Built-in Battery menu .
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕYes )ﻧﻌﻢ(ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Setup Confirmation )ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ(.ﺍﻧﺘﻈ ﺮﻟﺒ ﻀ ﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺮﺩﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧ ﻞ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ
ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻮ ﺏ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ.
٦٧
© Copyright Lenovo 2011
Page 84
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺅﻩﻣﻦﺃﺣﺪﻣﻮﺯﻋ ﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦﻟﻬﺎ.ﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭ ﻏﺒﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺘﻪﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪﻓﻘﻂ .ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺼ ﻤﻴﻢﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﻭﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﻟﻺ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋ ﻚ ﻟﻼ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
• ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻀ ﻪ ﻷ ﻱ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ . ﺿﻊﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ،ﻣﺜﻞ
ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ،ﻟﺘﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺃﻱ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ.
•ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻭﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻢﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﻗﺒﻞﻓﻚ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ،ﺛﻢﺃﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺃﺑﺪًﺍﻓﻚ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺃ ُﺩﺧ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setupﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ) CRU ("ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٧ﻟﻼﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ .
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ.
1،ﺛﻢﺃﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ 2ﻭﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻪ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻜﻪ 3.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
٤.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺬﺑﻪﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻨﻴ ًﺎﻭﻣﺪﺭﺟًﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٦٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 85
٥.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺟﺰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺟﺰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ.
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ1،ﺛﻢ ﺣ ﺮ ّﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ2ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ3.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٦.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ٦٩
Page 86
٩.ﺃﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻫﻮﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﻊﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ " ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗ ُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺟ ﺰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻠﺔﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺪﻻًﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺟﺰﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﺍﻟﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻠﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺗﻴﻦ5ﻭ6.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﺄﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺨﻴﺎﺭ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﻟﻺ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻗﻴﺔ، ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ.ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ،ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
١ .ﺃُﺩﺧ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ )CRU (" ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧ ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ.
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
٧٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 87
٤.ﺍﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ً
.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ2
1ﻟﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ
٥ .ﺍﺩﻓﻊﺑﻘﻮﺓﻓﻲﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺑﺎﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ
ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
٦ .ﻗﻢﺑﻘﻠﺐﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ٧١
Page 88
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ.
٢.ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺗﻮﺟﺪﺗﺤ ﺖ ﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻬﻤﻴﻦ.
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻬﻤﻴﻦ.
٧٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 89
٤.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ.
٥.ﺃﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛ ﺮ ﺓ
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻌﺔﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻋ ﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑ ﻀ ﻌ ﻒ
ﻣﻌﺪﻝﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ(DDR3) ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ(SDRAM) ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻣ ﺼ ﻐﺮﺓﺩﻭﻥﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ(SO-DIMM)، ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ
ﻛﺨﻴﺎﺭﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺭﺍﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓSO-DIMM ﺑﺴﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﻟﻺ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺳ ﺮ ﻋﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ،
ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﺴﺮ ﻋﺘﻬﺎﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻮ ﻯ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻓﻲﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ،ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﻣﻨ ﻀ ﺪﺓﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ .ﻳﻌﻤﻞﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺻ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓSO-DIMM .
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻗﺮ ﺹSO-DIMM،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ٧٣
Page 90
١ .ﺃُﺩﺧ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ )CRU (" ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧ ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ.
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
1ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ
2.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
SO-DIMMﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ
٤.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓSO-DIMMﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﻓﺎ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎﻃﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﺣﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ
٥.ﺍﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻨﺘﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ SO-DIMMﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ SO-DIMM ،ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺑﻬﺎ .
٦.ﻣﻊﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻃ ﺮ ﻑ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓSO-DIMMﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﻪﺍﻟﻨﺘﻮﺀﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓSO-
DIMM
ﺎ2.
ً
1 ﻓﻲﻣﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓSO-DIMMﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺎﻣ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓSO-DIMMﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ20ﺩﺭﺟﺔ.
٧.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ SO-DIMMﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.
٨.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
٩.ﺃﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕPCI Express Mini ﻟ ﻼ ﺗ ﺼ ﺎ ﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻼ ﺳ ﻠﻜﻴﺔLAN/WiMAX
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
٧٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 91
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Mini ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕLAN/WiMAX ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini
ﺑﺄﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﻟﻺ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻗﻴﺔ، ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ.ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ،ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﻗﺒﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﻣﻨ ﻀ ﺪﺓﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺻ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Mini ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔLAN/WiMAX
١ .ﺃُﺩﺧ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ )CRU (" ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧ ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ.
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
٤.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺩﺍﺓﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔﻟﻨﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺓﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ،
ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺄ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﻥ ﻓﻘﻂﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ،ﻭﺳﺘﻨﺪﻓﻊﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٦.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ٧٥
Page 92
٦.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻊ ﻣﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ.
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻣﺎﺩ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻌ ﻼﻣﺔ " MAIN "ﺃﻭ " M "
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻭﻣﻦﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻷﺑﻴ ﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺼ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻷ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ "AUX "ﺃﻭ "A."
٧٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 93
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻣﺎﺩ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ
" MAIN "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﺳﻮﺩﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻌﻼ ﻣﺔ " AUX ".ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻷﺑﻴ ﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮ ﺏ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ.
١٠ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
١١ .ﺃﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕPCI Express Mini ﻭﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝWAN ﻻ ﺳ ﻠﻜ ﻲ
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻃ ﺮﺯThinkPad ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Mini ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕWAN ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﺑﺄﺧﺮ ﻯ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﻟﻺ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻗﻴﺔ، ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﻳﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ.ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ،ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:ﻗﺒﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﻣﻨ ﻀ ﺪﺓﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ.ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺷ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺻ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI Express Mini ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔWAN
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺎﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ WANﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ،ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini Card ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺃ ُﺩﺧ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setupﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ) CRU ("ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٧ﻟﻼﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ .
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
٤.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺩﺍﺓﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔﻟﻨﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺓﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ،
ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺄ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎﺑﺮﻓﻖ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ٧٧
Page 94
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ،ﻭﺳﺘﻨﺪﻓﻊﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.
٦.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻊ ﻣﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ.
٧٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 95
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Mini Cardﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ WANﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATA .ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺇﻟﻰ
"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATAﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
٩ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI Express Miniﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﺤﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ ،ﻗﺪﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻵ ﺧﺮﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺤ ﻲ .ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛ ـ
" MAIN "ﺃﻭ " M "ﻭ" AUX "ﺃﻭ " A "،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻷ ﺣﻤﺮﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ " MAIN "ﺃﻭ " M "،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﺭ ﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ " AUX "ﺃﻭ
" A ".
١٠ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
١١ .ﺃﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﻭﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻢﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻃ ﺮﺯThinkPad ﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﺑﺂﺧ ﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻩﻣﻦﺃﺣﺪﻣﻮﺯﻋ ﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻴﻦﻟﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA،ﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATAﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔﻟﻺ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋ ﻚ ﻟﻼ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ: ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA :
• ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATA ﺃﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀ ﻪ ﻷ ﻱ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ . ﺿﻊ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﺍﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATA ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺎﺩﺓ
ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ،ﻟﺘﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺃﻱ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ.
• ﻻﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATA .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ٧٩
Page 96
ﻳﺘﻤﻴّﺰ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﺑﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﻴﺘﻪﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻭﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻢﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA،ﻗﻢﺑﻌﻤﻞﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ،ﺛﻢﺃﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺃﺑﺪًﺍﻓﻚ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﻩﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔmSATA
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATA ،ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATA ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﺃ ُﺩﺧ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setupﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﺭﺍﺟ ﻊ "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ) CRU ("ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٧ﻟﻼﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ .
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ،ﻭﺳﺘﻨﺪﻓﻊﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.
٥.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺣﺎﻓﺔﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATAﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻊ ﻣﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮ.
٨٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 97
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ1ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ2.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ mSATA ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express Mini ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻟﻼﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ WAN ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ PCI Express Mini ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ WAN ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧ .
٨.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
٩.ﺃﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭ ﻳﺔ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﻃ ﻴﺔ
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ،ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻔﺎﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ .ﺃُﺩﺧ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ )CRU (" ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧ ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ.
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
٤.ﺃﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ،ﺛﻢﺃﺧ ﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ.
٥.ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٦.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ٨١
Page 98
٦.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٠ .
٧.ﺃﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮ ّﻝﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔSIM
ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM (Subscriber Identification Module)ﻟﺘﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ
) WAN (.ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIMﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟ ﺰﺀ ًﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻨﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM ﻋﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔ IC ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
١ .ﺃُﺩﺧ ﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkPad Setup ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ )CRU (" ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٧ ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ.
٢.ﺍﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIMﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻨﻈ ﺮﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIM .
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM .
٤.ﺍﺩﻓﻊﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIMﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﻗﻠﻴﻼ ًﻭﺳﺘﺒﺮﺯﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.ﺣﺮ ﻙ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIMﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ.
٨٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Page 99
٥.ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ SIMﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎ.
٦.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔSIM .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٦.ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ٨٣
Page 100
٨٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ